]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
8babb6f8f9cb9855083c0c2a890249ba3e5de715
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
229 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
230 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
231 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
232 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
233 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
234 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
235 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
236 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
237 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
238
239 Parser C-Language Interface
240
241 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
242 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
243 which reads tokens.
244 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
245 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
246 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
247 native language.
248
249 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
250
251 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
252 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
253 of the token it has read.
254 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
255 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
256 actions want that.
257 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
258 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
259
260 The Bison Parser Algorithm
261
262 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
263 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
264 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
265 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
266 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
267 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
268 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
269 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
270 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
271
272 Operator Precedence
273
274 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
275 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
276 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
277 * How Precedence:: How they work.
278
279 Handling Context Dependencies
280
281 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
282 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
283 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
284 error recovery rules must be written.
285
286 Debugging Your Parser
287
288 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
289 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
290
291 Invoking Bison
292
293 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
294 in alphabetical order by short options.
295 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
296 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
297
298 C++ Language Interface
299
300 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
301 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
302
303 C++ Parsers
304
305 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
306 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
307 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
308 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
309 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
310
311 A Complete C++ Example
312
313 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
314 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
315 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
316 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
317 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325
326 Copying This Manual
327
328 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
329
330 @end detailmenu
331 @end menu
332
333 @node Introduction
334 @unnumbered Introduction
335 @cindex introduction
336
337 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
338 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
339 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
340 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
341 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
342
343 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
344 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
345 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
346 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
347
348 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
349 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
350 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
351 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
352
353 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
354 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
355 multi-character string literals and other features.
356
357 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
358
359 @node Conditions
360 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
361
362 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
363 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
364 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
365 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
366
367 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
368 compiler, have never
369 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
370 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
371 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
372 License to all of the Bison source code.
373
374 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
375 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
376 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
377 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
378 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
379 @code{yyparse},
380 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
381
382 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
383 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
384 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
385 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
386 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
387 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
388
389 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
390 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
391 as usual. You can
392 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
393 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
394 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
395 that output file without restriction.''
396
397 @include gpl.texi
398
399 @node Concepts
400 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
401
402 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
403 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
404 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
405
406 @menu
407 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
408 as mathematical ideas.
409 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
410 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
411 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
412 the name of an identifier, etc.).
413 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
414 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
415 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
416 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
417 how is the output used?
418 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
419 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
420 @end menu
421
422 @node Language and Grammar
423 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
424
425 @cindex context-free grammar
426 @cindex grammar, context-free
427 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
428 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
429 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
430 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
431 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
432 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
433 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
434 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
435 recursion.
436
437 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
438 @cindex Backus-Naur form
439 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
440 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
441 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
442 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
443 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
444
445 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
446 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
447 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
448 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
449 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
450 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
451 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
452 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
454 restrictions that are
455 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
456 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
457 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
458 more information on this.
459
460 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
461 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
462 @cindex ambiguous grammars
463 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
464
465 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
466 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
467 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
468 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
469 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
470 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
471 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
472 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
473 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
474 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
475 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
476 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
477 possible parses of any given string is finite.
478
479 @cindex symbols (abstract)
480 @cindex token
481 @cindex syntactic grouping
482 @cindex grouping, syntactic
483 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
484 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
485 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
486 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
487 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
488 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
489 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
490
491 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
492 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
493 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
494 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
495 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
496 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
497 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
498 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
499 lexicography, not grammar.)
500
501 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
502
503 @ifinfo
504 @example
505 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
506 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
507 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
508 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
509 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
510 identifier, semicolon} */
511 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
512 @end example
513 @end ifinfo
514 @ifnotinfo
515 @example
516 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
517 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
518 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
519 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
520 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
521 @end example
522 @end ifnotinfo
523
524 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
525 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
526 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
527 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
528 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
529 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
530 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
531 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
532
533 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
534 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
535 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
536 reads informally as follows:
537
538 @quotation
539 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
540 `semicolon'.
541 @end quotation
542
543 @noindent
544 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
545 statement in C.
546
547 @cindex start symbol
548 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
549 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
550 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
551 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
552 plays this role.
553
554 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
555 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
556 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
557 not the start symbol.
558
559 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
560 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
561 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
562 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
563 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
564 reports a syntax error.
565
566 @node Grammar in Bison
567 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
568 @cindex Bison grammar
569 @cindex grammar, Bison
570 @cindex formal grammar
571
572 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
573 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
574 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
575
576 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
577 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
578 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
579
580 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
581 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
582 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
583 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
584 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
585 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
586 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
587 @xref{Symbols}.
588
589 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
590 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
591 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
592 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
593
594 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
595 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
596
597 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
598 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
599 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
600 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
601 used in every rule.
602
603 @example
604 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
605 ;
606 @end example
607
608 @noindent
609 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
610
611 @node Semantic Values
612 @section Semantic Values
613 @cindex semantic value
614 @cindex value, semantic
615
616 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
617 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
618 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
619 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
620 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
621 grammatical.
622
623 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
624 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
625 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
626 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
627 ,Defining Language Semantics},
628 for details.
629
630 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
631 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
632 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
633 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
634 except their types.
635
636 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
637 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
638 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
639 need to have any semantic value.)
640
641 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
642 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
643 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
644 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
645 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
646 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
647
648 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
649 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
650 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
651 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
652 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
653
654 @node Semantic Actions
655 @section Semantic Actions
656 @cindex semantic actions
657 @cindex actions, semantic
658
659 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
660 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
661 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
662 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
663 @xref{Actions}.
664
665 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
666 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
667 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
668 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
669 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
670 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
671 newly recognized larger expression.
672
673 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
674 two subexpressions:
675
676 @example
677 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
678 ;
679 @end example
680
681 @noindent
682 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
683 from the values of the two subexpressions.
684
685 @node GLR Parsers
686 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
687 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
688 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
689 @findex %glr-parser
690 @cindex conflicts
691 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
692 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
693
694 In some grammars, Bison's standard
695 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
696 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
697 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
698 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
699 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
700 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
701 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
703
704 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
705 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
706 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
707 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
708 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
709 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
710 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
711 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
712 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
713 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
714 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
715 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
716 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
717 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
718 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
719 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
720 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
721 identical set of symbols.
722
723 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
724 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
725 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
726 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
727 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
728 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
729 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
730 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
731 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
732 merged result.
733
734 @menu
735 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
736 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
737 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
738 @end menu
739
740 @node Simple GLR Parsers
741 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
742 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
743 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @findex %glr-parser
745 @findex %expect-rr
746 @cindex conflicts
747 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
748 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
749
750 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
751 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
752 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
753 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
754 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
755 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
756
757 Consider a problem that
758 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
759 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
760
761 @example
762 type subrange = lo .. hi;
763 type enum = (a, b, c);
764 @end example
765
766 @noindent
767 The original language standard allows only numeric
768 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
769 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
770 10206) and many other
771 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
772 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
773 parentheses:
774
775 @example
776 type subrange = (a) .. b;
777 @end example
778
779 @noindent
780 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
781 type with only one value:
782
783 @example
784 type enum = (a);
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
789 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
790
791 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
792 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
793 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
794 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
795 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
796 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
797 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
798 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
799
800 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
801 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
802 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
803 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
804 expressions.
805
806 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
807 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
808 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
809 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
810 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
811 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
812 work.
813
814 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
815 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
816 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
817 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
818 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
819 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
820 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
821 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
822 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
823 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
824 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
825
826 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
827 reports a syntax error as usual.
828
829 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
830 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
831 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
832 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
833 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
834
835 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
836 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
837 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
838 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
839 The present example contains only one conflict between two
840 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
841 cannot be nested. So the number of
842 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
843 and the parsing time is still linear.
844
845 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
846 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
847
848 @example
849 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
850
851 @group
852 %left '+' '-'
853 %left '*' '/'
854 @end group
855
856 %%
857
858 @group
859 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
860 ;
861 @end group
862
863 @group
864 type : '(' id_list ')'
865 | expr DOTDOT expr
866 ;
867 @end group
868
869 @group
870 id_list : ID
871 | id_list ',' ID
872 ;
873 @end group
874
875 @group
876 expr : '(' expr ')'
877 | expr '+' expr
878 | expr '-' expr
879 | expr '*' expr
880 | expr '/' expr
881 | ID
882 ;
883 @end group
884 @end example
885
886 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
887 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
888 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
889 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
890 recognized:
891
892 @example
893 type t = (a) .. b;
894 @end example
895
896 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
897 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
898 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
899 @samp{%%}):
900
901 @example
902 %glr-parser
903 %expect-rr 1
904 @end example
905
906 @noindent
907 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
908 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
909 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
910 notice when the parser splits.
911
912 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
913 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
914 are at least two potential problems to beware.
915 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
916 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
917 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
918 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
919 wrong alternative in a conflict.
920 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
921 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
922 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
923 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
924 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
925 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
926 the remaining cases for correctness.
927
928 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
929 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
930 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
931 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
932 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
933 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
934 within the same enumerated type declaration.
935
936 @node Merging GLR Parses
937 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
938 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
939 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @findex %dprec
941 @findex %merge
942 @cindex conflicts
943 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
944
945 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
946
947 @example
948 %@{
949 #include <stdio.h>
950 #define YYSTYPE char const *
951 int yylex (void);
952 void yyerror (char const *);
953 %@}
954
955 %token TYPENAME ID
956
957 %right '='
958 %left '+'
959
960 %glr-parser
961
962 %%
963
964 prog :
965 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
966 ;
967
968 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
969 | decl %dprec 2
970 ;
971
972 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
973 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
974 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
975 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
976 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
977 ;
978
979 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
980 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
981 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
982 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
983 ;
984
985 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
986 | '(' declarator ')'
987 ;
988 @end example
989
990 @noindent
991 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
992 certain declarations and statements. For example,
993
994 @example
995 T (x) = y+z;
996 @end example
997
998 @noindent
999 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1000 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1001 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1002 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1003 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1004 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1005 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1006 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1007 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1008 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1009 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1010 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1011 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1012 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1013
1014 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1015 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1016 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1017 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1018 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1019 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1020 The parser therefore prints
1021
1022 @example
1023 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1024 @end example
1025
1026 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1027 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1028
1029 @example
1030 T (x) + y;
1031 @end example
1032
1033 @noindent
1034 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1035 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1036 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1037 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1038 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1039 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1040 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1041 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1042 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1043 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1044
1045 @example
1046 x T <cast> y +
1047 @end example
1048
1049 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1050 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1051 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1052 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1053 follows:
1054
1055 @example
1056 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1057 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 ;
1059 @end example
1060
1061 @noindent
1062 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1063
1064 @example
1065 static YYSTYPE
1066 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1067 @{
1068 printf ("<OR> ");
1069 return "";
1070 @}
1071 @end example
1072
1073 @noindent
1074 with an accompanying forward declaration
1075 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1076
1077 @example
1078 %@{
1079 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1080 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1081 %@}
1082 @end example
1083
1084 @noindent
1085 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1086 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1087
1088 @example
1089 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1090 @end example
1091
1092 Bison requires that all of the
1093 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1094 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1095 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1096 the offending merge.
1097
1098 @node Compiler Requirements
1099 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1100 @cindex @code{inline}
1101 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1102
1103 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1104 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1105 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1106 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1107 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1108 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1109
1110 @example
1111 %@{
1112 #include <config.h>
1113 %@}
1114 @end example
1115
1116 @noindent
1117 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1118
1119 @example
1120 %@{
1121 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1122 #define inline
1123 #endif
1124 %@}
1125 @end example
1126
1127 @node Locations Overview
1128 @section Locations
1129 @cindex location
1130 @cindex textual location
1131 @cindex location, textual
1132
1133 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1134 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1135 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1136 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1137
1138 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1139 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1140 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1141 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1142
1143 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1144 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1145 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1146 @code{@@3}.
1147
1148 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1149 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1150 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1151 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1152 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1153 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1154 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1155
1156 @node Bison Parser
1157 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1158 @cindex Bison parser
1159 @cindex Bison utility
1160 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1161 @cindex parser
1162
1163 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1164 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1165 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1166 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1167 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1168 program.
1169
1170 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1171 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1172 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1173 uses.
1174
1175 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1176 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1177 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1178 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1179 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1180 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1181 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1182
1183 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1184 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1185 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1186 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1187 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1188 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1189 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1190 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1191
1192 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1193 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1194 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1195 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1196 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1197 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1198 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1199 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1200 this manual.
1201
1202 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1203 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1204 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>},
1205 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1206 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1207 included if message translation is in use
1208 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1209 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1210 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1211
1212 @node Stages
1213 @section Stages in Using Bison
1214 @cindex stages in using Bison
1215 @cindex using Bison
1216
1217 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1218 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1219
1220 @enumerate
1221 @item
1222 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1223 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1224 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1225 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1226 sequence of C statements.
1227
1228 @item
1229 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1230 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1231 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1232 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1233
1234 @item
1235 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1236
1237 @item
1238 Write error-reporting routines.
1239 @end enumerate
1240
1241 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1242 must follow these steps:
1243
1244 @enumerate
1245 @item
1246 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1247
1248 @item
1249 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1250
1251 @item
1252 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1253 @end enumerate
1254
1255 @node Grammar Layout
1256 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1257 @cindex grammar file
1258 @cindex file format
1259 @cindex format of grammar file
1260 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1261
1262 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1263 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1264
1265 @example
1266 %@{
1267 @var{Prologue}
1268 %@}
1269
1270 @var{Bison declarations}
1271
1272 %%
1273 @var{Grammar rules}
1274 %%
1275 @var{Epilogue}
1276 @end example
1277
1278 @noindent
1279 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1280 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1281
1282 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1283 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1284 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1285 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1286 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1287 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1288
1289 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1290 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1291 semantic values of various symbols.
1292
1293 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1294 parts.
1295
1296 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1297 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1298 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1299
1300 @node Examples
1301 @chapter Examples
1302 @cindex simple examples
1303 @cindex examples, simple
1304
1305 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1306 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1307 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1308 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1309 desk-top calculator.
1310
1311 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1312 languages are written the same way.
1313 @ifinfo
1314 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1315 to try them.
1316 @end ifinfo
1317
1318 @menu
1319 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1320 a first example with no operator precedence.
1321 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1322 Operator precedence is introduced.
1323 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1324 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1325 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1326 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1327 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1328 @end menu
1329
1330 @node RPN Calc
1331 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1332 @cindex reverse polish notation
1333 @cindex polish notation calculator
1334 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1335 @cindex calculator, simple
1336
1337 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1338 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1339 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1340 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1341
1342 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1343 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1344
1345 @menu
1346 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1347 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1348 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1349 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1350 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1351 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1352 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1353 @end menu
1354
1355 @node Rpcalc Decls
1356 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1357
1358 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1359 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1360
1361 @example
1362 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1363
1364 %@{
1365 #define YYSTYPE double
1366 #include <math.h>
1367 int yylex (void);
1368 void yyerror (char const *);
1369 %@}
1370
1371 %token NUM
1372
1373 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1374 @end example
1375
1376 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1377 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1378
1379 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1380 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1381 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1382 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1383 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1384 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1385 which is a floating point number.
1386
1387 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1388 function @code{pow}.
1389
1390 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1391 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1392 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1393 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1394 prologue.
1395
1396 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1397 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1398 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1399 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1400 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1401 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1402 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1403 type for numeric constants.
1404
1405 @node Rpcalc Rules
1406 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1407
1408 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1409
1410 @example
1411 input: /* empty */
1412 | input line
1413 ;
1414
1415 line: '\n'
1416 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1417 ;
1418
1419 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1420 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1421 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1422 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1423 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1424 /* Exponentiation */
1425 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1426 /* Unary minus */
1427 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1428 ;
1429 %%
1430 @end example
1431
1432 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1433 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1434 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1435 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1436 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1437 mean.
1438
1439 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1440 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1441 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1442
1443 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1444 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1445 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1446 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1447 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1448 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1449
1450 @menu
1451 * Rpcalc Input::
1452 * Rpcalc Line::
1453 * Rpcalc Expr::
1454 @end menu
1455
1456 @node Rpcalc Input
1457 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1458
1459 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1460
1461 @example
1462 input: /* empty */
1463 | input line
1464 ;
1465 @end example
1466
1467 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1468 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1469 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1470 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1471 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1472
1473 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1474 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1475 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1476 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1477 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1478 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1479
1480 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1481 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1482 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1483 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1484 more times.
1485
1486 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1487 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1488 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1489
1490 @node Rpcalc Line
1491 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1492
1493 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1494
1495 @example
1496 line: '\n'
1497 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1498 ;
1499 @end example
1500
1501 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1502 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1503 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1504 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1505 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1506 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1507 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1508
1509 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1510 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1511 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1512 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1513 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1514
1515 @node Rpcalc Expr
1516 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1517
1518 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1519 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1520 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1521 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1522
1523 @example
1524 exp: NUM
1525 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1526 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1527 @dots{}
1528 ;
1529 @end example
1530
1531 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1532 equally well have written them separately:
1533
1534 @example
1535 exp: NUM ;
1536 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1537 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1538 @dots{}
1539 @end example
1540
1541 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1542 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1543 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1544 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1545 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1546 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1547 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1548 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1549
1550 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1551 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1552 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1553
1554 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1555 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1556 For example, this:
1557
1558 @example
1559 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1560 @end example
1561
1562 @noindent
1563 means the same thing as this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 exp: NUM
1567 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1568 | @dots{}
1569 ;
1570 @end example
1571
1572 @noindent
1573 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1574
1575 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1576 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1577 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1578 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1579
1580 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1581 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1582 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1583 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1584
1585 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1586 calculator. This
1587 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1588 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1589 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1590 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1591
1592 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1593 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1594 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1595 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1596 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1597 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1598 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1599 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1600 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1601
1602 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1603 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1604 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1605 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1606 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1607
1608 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1609 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1610
1611 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1612
1613 @example
1614 @group
1615 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1616 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1617 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1618 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1619
1620 #include <ctype.h>
1621 @end group
1622
1623 @group
1624 int
1625 yylex (void)
1626 @{
1627 int c;
1628
1629 /* Skip white space. */
1630 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1631 ;
1632 @end group
1633 @group
1634 /* Process numbers. */
1635 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1636 @{
1637 ungetc (c, stdin);
1638 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1639 return NUM;
1640 @}
1641 @end group
1642 @group
1643 /* Return end-of-input. */
1644 if (c == EOF)
1645 return 0;
1646 /* Return a single char. */
1647 return c;
1648 @}
1649 @end group
1650 @end example
1651
1652 @node Rpcalc Main
1653 @subsection The Controlling Function
1654 @cindex controlling function
1655 @cindex main function in simple example
1656
1657 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1658 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1659 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1660
1661 @example
1662 @group
1663 int
1664 main (void)
1665 @{
1666 return yyparse ();
1667 @}
1668 @end group
1669 @end example
1670
1671 @node Rpcalc Error
1672 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1673 @cindex error reporting routine
1674
1675 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1676 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1677 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1678 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1679 here is the definition we will use:
1680
1681 @example
1682 @group
1683 #include <stdio.h>
1684
1685 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1686 void
1687 yyerror (char const *s)
1688 @{
1689 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1690 @}
1691 @end group
1692 @end example
1693
1694 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1695 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1696 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1697 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1698 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1699 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1700
1701 @node Rpcalc Gen
1702 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1703 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1704
1705 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1706 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1707 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1708 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1709 end, in the epilogue of the file
1710 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1711
1712 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1713 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1714
1715 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1716 convert it into a parser file:
1717
1718 @example
1719 bison @var{file}.y
1720 @end example
1721
1722 @noindent
1723 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1724 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1725 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1726 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1727 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1728 are copied verbatim to the output.
1729
1730 @node Rpcalc Compile
1731 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1732 @cindex compiling the parser
1733
1734 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1735
1736 @example
1737 @group
1738 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1739 $ @kbd{ls}
1740 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1741 @end group
1742
1743 @group
1744 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1745 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1746 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1747 @end group
1748
1749 @group
1750 # @r{List files again.}
1751 $ @kbd{ls}
1752 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1753 @end group
1754 @end example
1755
1756 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1757 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1758
1759 @example
1760 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1761 @kbd{4 9 +}
1762 13
1763 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1764 -13
1765 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1766 13
1767 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1768 -3.166666667
1769 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1770 81
1771 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1772 $
1773 @end example
1774
1775 @node Infix Calc
1776 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1777 @cindex infix notation calculator
1778 @cindex @code{calc}
1779 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1780
1781 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1782 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1783 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1784 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1785
1786 @example
1787 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1788
1789 %@{
1790 #define YYSTYPE double
1791 #include <math.h>
1792 #include <stdio.h>
1793 int yylex (void);
1794 void yyerror (char const *);
1795 %@}
1796
1797 /* Bison declarations. */
1798 %token NUM
1799 %left '-' '+'
1800 %left '*' '/'
1801 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1802 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1803
1804 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1805 input: /* empty */
1806 | input line
1807 ;
1808
1809 line: '\n'
1810 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1811 ;
1812
1813 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1814 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1815 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1816 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1817 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1818 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1819 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1820 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1821 ;
1822 %%
1823 @end example
1824
1825 @noindent
1826 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1827 same as before.
1828
1829 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1830
1831 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1832 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1833 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1834 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1835 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1836 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1837 the associativity.)
1838
1839 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1840 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1841 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1842 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1843 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1844 Precedence}.
1845
1846 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1847 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1848 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1849 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1850 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1851
1852 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1853
1854 @need 500
1855 @example
1856 $ @kbd{calc}
1857 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1858 6.880952381
1859 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1860 -54
1861 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1862 9
1863 @end example
1864
1865 @node Simple Error Recovery
1866 @section Simple Error Recovery
1867 @cindex error recovery, simple
1868
1869 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1870 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1871 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1872 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1873 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1874 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1875
1876 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1877 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1878 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1879
1880 @example
1881 @group
1882 line: '\n'
1883 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1884 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1885 ;
1886 @end group
1887 @end example
1888
1889 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1890 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1891 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1892 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1893 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1894 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1895 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1896 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1897 misprint.
1898
1899 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1900 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1901 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1902 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1903 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1904 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1905 Bison programs.
1906
1907 @node Location Tracking Calc
1908 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1909 @cindex location tracking calculator
1910 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1911 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1912
1913 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1914 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1915 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1916 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1917 analyzer.
1918
1919 @menu
1920 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1921 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1922 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1923 @end menu
1924
1925 @node Ltcalc Decls
1926 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1927
1928 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1929 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1930
1931 @example
1932 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1933
1934 %@{
1935 #define YYSTYPE int
1936 #include <math.h>
1937 int yylex (void);
1938 void yyerror (char const *);
1939 %@}
1940
1941 /* Bison declarations. */
1942 %token NUM
1943
1944 %left '-' '+'
1945 %left '*' '/'
1946 %left NEG
1947 %right '^'
1948
1949 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1950 @end example
1951
1952 @noindent
1953 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1954 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1955 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1956 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1957 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1958 @code{last_column}.
1959
1960 @node Ltcalc Rules
1961 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1962
1963 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1964 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1965 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1966 from the new information.
1967
1968 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1969 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1970
1971 @example
1972 @group
1973 input : /* empty */
1974 | input line
1975 ;
1976 @end group
1977
1978 @group
1979 line : '\n'
1980 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1981 ;
1982 @end group
1983
1984 @group
1985 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1986 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1987 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1988 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1989 @end group
1990 @group
1991 | exp '/' exp
1992 @{
1993 if ($3)
1994 $$ = $1 / $3;
1995 else
1996 @{
1997 $$ = 1;
1998 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
1999 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2000 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2001 @}
2002 @}
2003 @end group
2004 @group
2005 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2006 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2007 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2008 @end group
2009 @end example
2010
2011 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2012 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2013 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2014
2015 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2016 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2017 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2018 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2019 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2020 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2021 hand.
2022
2023 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2024 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2025
2026 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2027 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2028 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2029 semantic values.
2030
2031 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2032 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2033
2034 @example
2035 @group
2036 int
2037 yylex (void)
2038 @{
2039 int c;
2040 @end group
2041
2042 @group
2043 /* Skip white space. */
2044 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2045 ++yylloc.last_column;
2046 @end group
2047
2048 @group
2049 /* Step. */
2050 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2051 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2052 @end group
2053
2054 @group
2055 /* Process numbers. */
2056 if (isdigit (c))
2057 @{
2058 yylval = c - '0';
2059 ++yylloc.last_column;
2060 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2061 @{
2062 ++yylloc.last_column;
2063 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2064 @}
2065 ungetc (c, stdin);
2066 return NUM;
2067 @}
2068 @end group
2069
2070 /* Return end-of-input. */
2071 if (c == EOF)
2072 return 0;
2073
2074 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2075 if (c == '\n')
2076 @{
2077 ++yylloc.last_line;
2078 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2079 @}
2080 else
2081 ++yylloc.last_column;
2082 return c;
2083 @}
2084 @end example
2085
2086 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2087 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2088 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2089 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2090
2091 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2092 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2093 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2094 controlling function:
2095
2096 @example
2097 @group
2098 int
2099 main (void)
2100 @{
2101 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2102 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2103 return yyparse ();
2104 @}
2105 @end group
2106 @end example
2107
2108 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2109 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2110 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2111
2112 @node Multi-function Calc
2113 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2114 @cindex multi-function calculator
2115 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2116 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2117
2118 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2119 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2120 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2121 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2122 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2123
2124 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2125 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2126 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2127 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2128 functions whose syntax has this form:
2129
2130 @example
2131 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2132 @end example
2133
2134 @noindent
2135 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2136 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2137 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2138
2139 @example
2140 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2141 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2142 3.1415926536
2143 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2144 0.0000000000
2145 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2146 2.3000000000
2147 @kbd{alpha}
2148 2.3000000000
2149 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2150 0.8329091229
2151 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2152 2.3000000000
2153 $
2154 @end example
2155
2156 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2157
2158 @menu
2159 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2160 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2161 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2162 @end menu
2163
2164 @node Mfcalc Decl
2165 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2166
2167 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2168
2169 @smallexample
2170 @group
2171 %@{
2172 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2173 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2174 int yylex (void);
2175 void yyerror (char const *);
2176 %@}
2177 @end group
2178 @group
2179 %union @{
2180 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2181 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2182 @}
2183 @end group
2184 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2185 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2186 %type <val> exp
2187
2188 @group
2189 %right '='
2190 %left '-' '+'
2191 %left '*' '/'
2192 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2193 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2194 @end group
2195 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2196 @end smallexample
2197
2198 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2199 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2200 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2201
2202 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2203 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2204 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2205 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2206
2207 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2208 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2209 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2210 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2211 between angle brackets).
2212
2213 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2214 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2215 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2216 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2217 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2218 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2219
2220 @node Mfcalc Rules
2221 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2222
2223 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2224 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2225 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2226
2227 @smallexample
2228 @group
2229 input: /* empty */
2230 | input line
2231 ;
2232 @end group
2233
2234 @group
2235 line:
2236 '\n'
2237 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2238 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2239 ;
2240 @end group
2241
2242 @group
2243 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2244 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2245 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2246 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2247 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2248 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2249 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2250 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2251 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2252 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2253 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2254 ;
2255 @end group
2256 /* End of grammar. */
2257 %%
2258 @end smallexample
2259
2260 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2261 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2262 @cindex symbol table example
2263
2264 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2265 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2266 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2267 requires some additional C functions for support.
2268
2269 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2270 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2271 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 /* Function type. */
2276 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2281 struct symrec
2282 @{
2283 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2284 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2285 union
2286 @{
2287 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2288 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2289 @} value;
2290 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2291 @};
2292 @end group
2293
2294 @group
2295 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2296
2297 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2298 extern symrec *sym_table;
2299
2300 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2301 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2302 @end group
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2306 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2307 @code{init_table} as well:
2308
2309 @smallexample
2310 #include <stdio.h>
2311
2312 @group
2313 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2314 void
2315 yyerror (char const *s)
2316 @{
2317 printf ("%s\n", s);
2318 @}
2319 @end group
2320
2321 @group
2322 struct init
2323 @{
2324 char const *fname;
2325 double (*fnct) (double);
2326 @};
2327 @end group
2328
2329 @group
2330 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2331 @{
2332 "sin", sin,
2333 "cos", cos,
2334 "atan", atan,
2335 "ln", log,
2336 "exp", exp,
2337 "sqrt", sqrt,
2338 0, 0
2339 @};
2340 @end group
2341
2342 @group
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 symrec *sym_table;
2345 @end group
2346
2347 @group
2348 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2349 void
2350 init_table (void)
2351 @{
2352 int i;
2353 symrec *ptr;
2354 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2355 @{
2356 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2357 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2358 @}
2359 @}
2360 @end group
2361
2362 @group
2363 int
2364 main (void)
2365 @{
2366 init_table ();
2367 return yyparse ();
2368 @}
2369 @end group
2370 @end smallexample
2371
2372 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2373 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2374
2375 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2376 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2377 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2378 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2379 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2380 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2381
2382 @smallexample
2383 symrec *
2384 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2385 @{
2386 symrec *ptr;
2387 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2388 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2389 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2390 ptr->type = sym_type;
2391 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2392 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2393 sym_table = ptr;
2394 return ptr;
2395 @}
2396
2397 symrec *
2398 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2399 @{
2400 symrec *ptr;
2401 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2402 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2403 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2404 return ptr;
2405 return 0;
2406 @}
2407 @end smallexample
2408
2409 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2410 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2411 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2412 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2413
2414 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2415 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2416 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2417 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2418 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2419 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2420
2421 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2422 operators in @code{yylex}.
2423
2424 @smallexample
2425 @group
2426 #include <ctype.h>
2427 @end group
2428
2429 @group
2430 int
2431 yylex (void)
2432 @{
2433 int c;
2434
2435 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2436 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2437
2438 if (c == EOF)
2439 return 0;
2440 @end group
2441
2442 @group
2443 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2444 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2445 @{
2446 ungetc (c, stdin);
2447 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2448 return NUM;
2449 @}
2450 @end group
2451
2452 @group
2453 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2454 if (isalpha (c))
2455 @{
2456 symrec *s;
2457 static char *symbuf = 0;
2458 static int length = 0;
2459 int i;
2460 @end group
2461
2462 @group
2463 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2464 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2465 if (length == 0)
2466 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2467
2468 i = 0;
2469 do
2470 @end group
2471 @group
2472 @{
2473 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2474 if (i == length)
2475 @{
2476 length *= 2;
2477 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2478 @}
2479 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2480 symbuf[i++] = c;
2481 /* Get another character. */
2482 c = getchar ();
2483 @}
2484 @end group
2485 @group
2486 while (isalnum (c));
2487
2488 ungetc (c, stdin);
2489 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2490 @end group
2491
2492 @group
2493 s = getsym (symbuf);
2494 if (s == 0)
2495 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2496 yylval.tptr = s;
2497 return s->type;
2498 @}
2499
2500 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2501 return c;
2502 @}
2503 @end group
2504 @end smallexample
2505
2506 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2507 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2508 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2509
2510 @node Exercises
2511 @section Exercises
2512 @cindex exercises
2513
2514 @enumerate
2515 @item
2516 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2517
2518 @item
2519 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2520 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2521 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2522
2523 @item
2524 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2525 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2526 @end enumerate
2527
2528 @node Grammar File
2529 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2530
2531 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2532 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2533
2534 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2535 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2536
2537 @menu
2538 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2539 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2540 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2541 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2542 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2543 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2544 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2545 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2546 @end menu
2547
2548 @node Grammar Outline
2549 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2550
2551 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2552 appropriate delimiters:
2553
2554 @example
2555 %@{
2556 @var{Prologue}
2557 %@}
2558
2559 @var{Bison declarations}
2560
2561 %%
2562 @var{Grammar rules}
2563 %%
2564
2565 @var{Epilogue}
2566 @end example
2567
2568 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2569 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2570 continues until end of line.
2571
2572 @menu
2573 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2574 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2575 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2576 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2577 @end menu
2578
2579 @node Prologue
2580 @subsection The prologue
2581 @cindex declarations section
2582 @cindex Prologue
2583 @cindex declarations
2584
2585 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2586 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2587 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2588 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2589 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2590 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2591 delimiters that bracket this section.
2592
2593 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2594 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2595 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2596 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2597 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2598 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2599 @code{%union} declaration.
2600
2601 @smallexample
2602 %@{
2603 #include <stdio.h>
2604 #include "ptypes.h"
2605 %@}
2606
2607 %union @{
2608 long int n;
2609 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2610 @}
2611
2612 %@{
2613 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2614 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2615 %@}
2616
2617 @dots{}
2618 @end smallexample
2619
2620 @node Bison Declarations
2621 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2622 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2623 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2624
2625 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2626 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2627 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2628 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2629
2630 @node Grammar Rules
2631 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2632 @cindex grammar rules section
2633 @cindex rules section for grammar
2634
2635 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2636 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2637
2638 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2639 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2640 if it is the first thing in the file.
2641
2642 @node Epilogue
2643 @subsection The epilogue
2644 @cindex additional C code section
2645 @cindex epilogue
2646 @cindex C code, section for additional
2647
2648 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2649 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2650 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2651 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2652 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2653 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2654 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2655 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2656 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2657
2658 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2659 from the grammar rules.
2660
2661 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2662 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2663 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2664 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2665
2666 @node Symbols
2667 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2668 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2669 @cindex terminal symbol
2670 @cindex token type
2671 @cindex symbol
2672
2673 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2674 of the language.
2675
2676 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2677 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2678 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2679 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2680 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2681 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2682 symbol to stand for it.
2683
2684 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2685 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2686 it should be all lower case.
2687
2688 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2689 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2690
2691 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2692
2693 @itemize @bullet
2694 @item
2695 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2696 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2697 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2698 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2699
2700 @item
2701 @cindex character token
2702 @cindex literal token
2703 @cindex single-character literal
2704 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2705 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2706 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2707 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2708 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2709 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2710 ,Operator Precedence}).
2711
2712 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2713 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2714 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2715 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2716 your program will confuse other readers.
2717
2718 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2719 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2720 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2721 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2722 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2723 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2724 allowed.
2725
2726 @item
2727 @cindex string token
2728 @cindex literal string token
2729 @cindex multicharacter literal
2730 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2731 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2732 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2733 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2734 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2735
2736 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2737 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2738 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2739 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2740 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2741
2742 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2743
2744 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2745 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2746 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2747 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2748 read your program will be confused.
2749
2750 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2751 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2752 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2753 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2754 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2755 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2756 @end itemize
2757
2758 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2759 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2760 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2761
2762 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2763 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2764 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2765 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2766 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2767 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2768 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2769 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2770 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2771 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2772 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2773 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2774
2775 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2776 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2777 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2778 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2779 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2780
2781 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2782 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2783 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2784 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2785 characters in the following C-language string:
2786
2787 @example
2788 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2789 @end example
2790
2791 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2792 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2793 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2794 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2795 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2796 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2797 character tokens. It is standard
2798 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2799 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2800 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2801 files before compiling them.
2802
2803 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2804 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2805 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2806 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2807 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2808
2809 @node Rules
2810 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2811 @cindex rule syntax
2812 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2813 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2814
2815 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2816
2817 @example
2818 @group
2819 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2820 ;
2821 @end group
2822 @end example
2823
2824 @noindent
2825 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2826 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2827 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2828
2829 For example,
2830
2831 @example
2832 @group
2833 exp: exp '+' exp
2834 ;
2835 @end group
2836 @end example
2837
2838 @noindent
2839 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2840 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2841
2842 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2843 extra white space as you wish.
2844
2845 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2846 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2847
2848 @example
2849 @{@var{C statements}@}
2850 @end example
2851
2852 @noindent
2853 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2854 @xref{Actions}.
2855
2856 @findex |
2857 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2858 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2859
2860 @ifinfo
2861 @example
2862 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2863 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2864 @dots{}
2865 ;
2866 @end example
2867 @end ifinfo
2868 @iftex
2869 @example
2870 @group
2871 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2872 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2873 @dots{}
2874 ;
2875 @end group
2876 @end example
2877 @end iftex
2878
2879 @noindent
2880 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2881
2882 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2883 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2884 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2885
2886 @example
2887 @group
2888 expseq: /* empty */
2889 | expseq1
2890 ;
2891 @end group
2892
2893 @group
2894 expseq1: exp
2895 | expseq1 ',' exp
2896 ;
2897 @end group
2898 @end example
2899
2900 @noindent
2901 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2902 with no components.
2903
2904 @node Recursion
2905 @section Recursive Rules
2906 @cindex recursive rule
2907
2908 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2909 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2910 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2911 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2912 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2913
2914 @example
2915 @group
2916 expseq1: exp
2917 | expseq1 ',' exp
2918 ;
2919 @end group
2920 @end example
2921
2922 @cindex left recursion
2923 @cindex right recursion
2924 @noindent
2925 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2926 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2927 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2928
2929 @example
2930 @group
2931 expseq1: exp
2932 | exp ',' expseq1
2933 ;
2934 @end group
2935 @end example
2936
2937 @noindent
2938 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2939 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2940 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2941 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2942 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2943 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2944 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2945 of this.
2946
2947 @cindex mutual recursion
2948 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2949 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2950 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2951 side.
2952
2953 For example:
2954
2955 @example
2956 @group
2957 expr: primary
2958 | primary '+' primary
2959 ;
2960 @end group
2961
2962 @group
2963 primary: constant
2964 | '(' expr ')'
2965 ;
2966 @end group
2967 @end example
2968
2969 @noindent
2970 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2971 other.
2972
2973 @node Semantics
2974 @section Defining Language Semantics
2975 @cindex defining language semantics
2976 @cindex language semantics, defining
2977
2978 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2979 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2980 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2981
2982 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2983 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2984 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2985 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2986
2987 @menu
2988 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2989 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2990 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2991 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2992 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2993 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2994 action in the middle of a rule.
2995 @end menu
2996
2997 @node Value Type
2998 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
2999 @cindex semantic value type
3000 @cindex value type, semantic
3001 @cindex data types of semantic values
3002 @cindex default data type
3003
3004 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3005 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3006 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3007 Notation Calculator}).
3008
3009 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3010 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3011
3012 @example
3013 #define YYSTYPE double
3014 @end example
3015
3016 @noindent
3017 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3018 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3019
3020 @node Multiple Types
3021 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3022
3023 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3024 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3025 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3026 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3027
3028 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3029 requires you to do two things:
3030
3031 @itemize @bullet
3032 @item
3033 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3034 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3035 Value Types}).
3036
3037 @item
3038 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3039 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3040 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3041 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3042 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3043 @end itemize
3044
3045 @node Actions
3046 @subsection Actions
3047 @cindex action
3048 @vindex $$
3049 @vindex $@var{n}
3050
3051 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3052 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3053 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3054 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3055
3056 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3057 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3058 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3059 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3060 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3061 literals.
3062
3063 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3064 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3065 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3066 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3067 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3068
3069 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3070 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3071 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3072 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3073 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3074 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3075 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3076
3077 Here is a typical example:
3078
3079 @example
3080 @group
3081 exp: @dots{}
3082 | exp '+' exp
3083 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3084 @end group
3085 @end example
3086
3087 @noindent
3088 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3089 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3090 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3091 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3092 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3093 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3094 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3095 referred to as @code{$2}.
3096
3097 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3098 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3099 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3100 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3101 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3102
3103 @example
3104 @group
3105 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3106 @end group
3107 @end example
3108
3109 @cindex default action
3110 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3111 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3112 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3113 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3114 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3115 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3116
3117 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3118 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3119 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3120 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3121 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3122
3123 @example
3124 @group
3125 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3126 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3127 ;
3128 @end group
3129
3130 @group
3131 bar: /* empty */
3132 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3133 ;
3134 @end group
3135 @end example
3136
3137 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3138 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3139 definition of @code{foo}.
3140
3141 @node Action Types
3142 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3143 @cindex action data types
3144 @cindex data types in actions
3145
3146 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3147 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3148
3149 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3150 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3151 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3152 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3153 in the rule. In this example,
3154
3155 @example
3156 @group
3157 exp: @dots{}
3158 | exp '+' exp
3159 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3160 @end group
3161 @end example
3162
3163 @noindent
3164 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3165 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3166 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3167 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3168
3169 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3170 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3171 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 %union @{
3176 int itype;
3177 double dtype;
3178 @}
3179 @end group
3180 @end example
3181
3182 @noindent
3183 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3184 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3185
3186 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3187 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3188 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3189 @cindex mid-rule actions
3190
3191 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3192 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3193 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3194
3195 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3196 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3197 it is run before they are parsed.
3198
3199 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3200 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3201 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3202 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3203 @code{$@var{n}}.
3204
3205 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3206 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3207 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3208 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3209 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3210 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3211
3212 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3213 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3214 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3215 at the end of the rule.
3216
3217 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3218 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3219 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3220 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3221 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3222 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3223
3224 @example
3225 @group
3226 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3227 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3228 declare_variable ($3); @}
3229 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3230 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3231 @end group
3232 @end example
3233
3234 @noindent
3235 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3236 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3237 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3238 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3239 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3240 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3241 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3242 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3243
3244 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3245 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3246 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3247 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3248 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3249
3250 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3251 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3252 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3253 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3254 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3255 declaration or not:
3256
3257 @example
3258 @group
3259 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3260 | '@{' statements '@}'
3261 ;
3262 @end group
3263 @end example
3264
3265 @noindent
3266 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3267
3268 @example
3269 @group
3270 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3271 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3272 @end group
3273 @group
3274 | '@{' statements '@}'
3275 ;
3276 @end group
3277 @end example
3278
3279 @noindent
3280 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3281 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3282 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3283 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3284 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3285 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3286
3287 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3288 actions into the two rules, like this:
3289
3290 @example
3291 @group
3292 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3293 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3294 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3295 '@{' statements '@}'
3296 ;
3297 @end group
3298 @end example
3299
3300 @noindent
3301 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3302 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3303
3304 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3305 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3306 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3307
3308 @example
3309 @group
3310 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3311 declarations statements '@}'
3312 | '@{' statements '@}'
3313 ;
3314 @end group
3315 @end example
3316
3317 @noindent
3318 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3319 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3320
3321 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3322 serves as a subroutine:
3323
3324 @example
3325 @group
3326 subroutine: /* empty */
3327 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3328 ;
3329
3330 @end group
3331
3332 @group
3333 compound: subroutine
3334 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3335 | subroutine
3336 '@{' statements '@}'
3337 ;
3338 @end group
3339 @end example
3340
3341 @noindent
3342 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3343 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3344 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3345 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3346 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3347
3348 @node Locations
3349 @section Tracking Locations
3350 @cindex location
3351 @cindex textual location
3352 @cindex location, textual
3353
3354 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3355 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3356 especially symbol locations.
3357
3358 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3359 actions to take when rules are matched.
3360
3361 @menu
3362 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3363 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3364 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3365 @end menu
3366
3367 @node Location Type
3368 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3369 @cindex data type of locations
3370 @cindex default location type
3371
3372 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3373 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3374
3375 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3376 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3377 four members:
3378
3379 @example
3380 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3381 @{
3382 int first_line;
3383 int first_column;
3384 int last_line;
3385 int last_column;
3386 @} YYLTYPE;
3387 @end example
3388
3389 @node Actions and Locations
3390 @subsection Actions and Locations
3391 @cindex location actions
3392 @cindex actions, location
3393 @vindex @@$
3394 @vindex @@@var{n}
3395
3396 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3397 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3398
3399 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3400 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3401 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3402 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3403 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3404 @code{@@$}.
3405
3406 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3407
3408 @example
3409 @group
3410 exp: @dots{}
3411 | exp '/' exp
3412 @{
3413 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3414 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3415 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3416 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3417 if ($3)
3418 $$ = $1 / $3;
3419 else
3420 @{
3421 $$ = 1;
3422 fprintf (stderr,
3423 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3424 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3425 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3426 @}
3427 @}
3428 @end group
3429 @end example
3430
3431 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3432 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3433 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3434 last symbol.
3435
3436 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3437 example above simply rewrites this way:
3438
3439 @example
3440 @group
3441 exp: @dots{}
3442 | exp '/' exp
3443 @{
3444 if ($3)
3445 $$ = $1 / $3;
3446 else
3447 @{
3448 $$ = 1;
3449 fprintf (stderr,
3450 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3451 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3452 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3453 @}
3454 @}
3455 @end group
3456 @end example
3457
3458 @node Location Default Action
3459 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3460 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3461
3462 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3463 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3464 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3465 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3466 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3467 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3468
3469 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3470 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3471
3472 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3473 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3474 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3475 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3476 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3477 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3478 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3479 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3480
3481 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3482
3483 @smallexample
3484 @group
3485 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3486 do \
3487 if (N) \
3488 @{ \
3489 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3490 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3491 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3492 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3493 @} \
3494 else \
3495 @{ \
3496 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3497 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3498 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3499 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3500 @} \
3501 while (0)
3502 @end group
3503 @end smallexample
3504
3505 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3506 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3507 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3508
3509 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3510
3511 @itemize @bullet
3512 @item
3513 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3514 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3515
3516 @item
3517 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3518 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3519 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3520 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3521
3522 @item
3523 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3524 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3525 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3526 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3527 @end itemize
3528
3529 @node Declarations
3530 @section Bison Declarations
3531 @cindex declarations, Bison
3532 @cindex Bison declarations
3533
3534 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3535 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3536 @xref{Symbols}.
3537
3538 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3539 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3540 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3541 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3542
3543 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3544 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3545 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3546 Grammars}).
3547
3548 @menu
3549 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3550 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3551 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3552 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3553 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3554 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3555 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3556 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3557 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3558 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3559 @end menu
3560
3561 @node Token Decl
3562 @subsection Token Type Names
3563 @cindex declaring token type names
3564 @cindex token type names, declaring
3565 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3566 @findex %token
3567
3568 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3569
3570 @example
3571 %token @var{name}
3572 @end example
3573
3574 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3575 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3576 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3577
3578 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3579 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3580 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3581 Precedence}.
3582
3583 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3584 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3585 following the token name:
3586
3587 @example
3588 %token NUM 300
3589 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3590 @end example
3591
3592 @noindent
3593 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3594 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3595 with each other or with normal characters.
3596
3597 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3598 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3599 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3600 Than One Value Type}).
3601
3602 For example:
3603
3604 @example
3605 @group
3606 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3607 double val;
3608 symrec *tptr;
3609 @}
3610 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3611 @end group
3612 @end example
3613
3614 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3615 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3616 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3617
3618 @example
3619 %token arrow "=>"
3620 @end example
3621
3622 @noindent
3623 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3624 equivalent literal string tokens:
3625
3626 @example
3627 %token <operator> OR "||"
3628 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3629 %left OR "<="
3630 @end example
3631
3632 @noindent
3633 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3634 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3635 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3636 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3637
3638 @node Precedence Decl
3639 @subsection Operator Precedence
3640 @cindex precedence declarations
3641 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3642 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3643
3644 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3645 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3646 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3647 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3648 operator precedence.
3649
3650 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3651 @code{%token}: either
3652
3653 @example
3654 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3655 @end example
3656
3657 @noindent
3658 or
3659
3660 @example
3661 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3662 @end example
3663
3664 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3665 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3666 all the @var{symbols}:
3667
3668 @itemize @bullet
3669 @item
3670 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3671 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3672 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3673 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3674 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3675 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3676 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3677 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3678 considered a syntax error.
3679
3680 @item
3681 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3682 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3683 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3684 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3685 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3686 @end itemize
3687
3688 @node Union Decl
3689 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3690 @cindex declaring value types
3691 @cindex value types, declaring
3692 @findex %union
3693
3694 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3695 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3696 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3697 C.
3698
3699 For example:
3700
3701 @example
3702 @group
3703 %union @{
3704 double val;
3705 symrec *tptr;
3706 @}
3707 @end group
3708 @end example
3709
3710 @noindent
3711 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3712 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3713 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3714 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3715
3716 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3717 @code{union}. For example:
3718
3719 @example
3720 @group
3721 %union value @{
3722 double val;
3723 symrec *tptr;
3724 @}
3725 @end group
3726 @end example
3727
3728 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3729 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3730 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3731
3732 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3733 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3734
3735 @node Type Decl
3736 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3737 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3738 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3739 @findex %type
3740
3741 @noindent
3742 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3743 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3744 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3745
3746 @example
3747 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3748 @end example
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3752 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3753 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3754 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3755 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3756 the symbol names.
3757
3758 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3759 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3760 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3761 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3762
3763 @node Initial Action Decl
3764 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3765 @findex %initial-action
3766
3767 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3768 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3769 code.
3770
3771 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3772 @findex %initial-action
3773 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3774 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3775 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3776 @code{%parse-param}.
3777 @end deffn
3778
3779 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3780
3781 @example
3782 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3783 %initial-action
3784 @{
3785 @@$.begin.file_name = @@$.end.file_name = file_name;
3786 @@$.begin.file_name = @@$.end.file_name = file_name;
3787 @};
3788 @end example
3789
3790
3791 @node Destructor Decl
3792 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3793 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3794 @findex %destructor
3795
3796 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. During error
3797 recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3798 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file
3799 are discarded until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser
3800 runs out of memory, all the symbols on the stack must be discarded.
3801 Even if the parser succeeds, it must discard the start symbol.
3802
3803 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3804 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3805 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells
3806 or protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3807
3808 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that
3809 is called when a symbol is discarded.
3810
3811 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3812 @findex %destructor
3813 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3814 @var{symbols}. Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic
3815 value associated with the discarded symbol. The additional
3816 parser parameters are also available
3817 (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
3818
3819 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 2.1, this feature is still
3820 experimental, as there has not been enough user feedback. In particular,
3821 the syntax might still change.
3822 @end deffn
3823
3824 For instance:
3825
3826 @smallexample
3827 %union
3828 @{
3829 char *string;
3830 @}
3831 %token <string> STRING
3832 %type <string> string
3833 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3834 @end smallexample
3835
3836 @noindent
3837 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3838 its associated memory will be freed.
3839
3840 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3841 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3842 instance, in:
3843
3844 @smallexample
3845 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3846 @end smallexample
3847
3848 @noindent
3849 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3850 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3851 compare:
3852
3853 @smallexample
3854 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3855 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3856 @end smallexample
3857
3858 @sp 1
3859
3860 @cindex discarded symbols
3861 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3862
3863 @itemize
3864 @item
3865 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3866 @item
3867 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3868 @item
3869 the current look-ahead and the entire stack when the parser aborts
3870 (either via an explicit call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of
3871 a failed error recovery or of memory exhaustion), and
3872 @item
3873 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3874 @end itemize
3875
3876
3877 @node Expect Decl
3878 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3879 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3880 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3881 @cindex warnings, preventing
3882 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3883 @findex %expect
3884 @findex %expect-rr
3885
3886 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3887 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3888 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3889 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3890 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3891 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3892
3893 The declaration looks like this:
3894
3895 @example
3896 %expect @var{n}
3897 @end example
3898
3899 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
3900 no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
3901 reduce/reduce conflicts. The usual warning is
3902 given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
3903 reduce/reduce conflicts.
3904
3905 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more serious,
3906 and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3907 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, however,
3908 both shift/reduce and reduce/reduce are routine (otherwise, there
3909 would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing). Therefore, it is also possible
3910 to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts in @acronym{GLR}
3911 parsers, using the declaration:
3912
3913 @example
3914 %expect-rr @var{n}
3915 @end example
3916
3917 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3918
3919 @itemize @bullet
3920 @item
3921 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3922 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3923 print the number of conflicts.
3924
3925 @item
3926 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3927 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3928 go back to the beginning.
3929
3930 @item
3931 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3932 number which Bison printed.
3933 @end itemize
3934
3935 Now Bison will stop annoying you if you do not change the number of
3936 conflicts, but it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result
3937 in more or fewer conflicts.
3938
3939 @node Start Decl
3940 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3941 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3942 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3943 @cindex default start symbol
3944 @findex %start
3945
3946 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3947 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3948 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3949
3950 @example
3951 %start @var{symbol}
3952 @end example
3953
3954 @node Pure Decl
3955 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3956 @cindex reentrant parser
3957 @cindex pure parser
3958 @findex %pure-parser
3959
3960 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3961 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3962 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3963 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3964 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3965 program must be called only within interlocks.
3966
3967 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3968 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3969 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3970 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3971 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3972
3973 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3974 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3975 reentrant. It looks like this:
3976
3977 @example
3978 %pure-parser
3979 @end example
3980
3981 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3982 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3983 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3984 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3985 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3986 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3987 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3988 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3989
3990 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3991 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3992 valid grammar.
3993
3994 @node Decl Summary
3995 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3996 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3997 @cindex declaration summary
3998 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3999
4000 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4001
4002 @deffn {Directive} %union
4003 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4004 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4005 @end deffn
4006
4007 @deffn {Directive} %token
4008 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4009 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4010 @end deffn
4011
4012 @deffn {Directive} %right
4013 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4014 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4015 @end deffn
4016
4017 @deffn {Directive} %left
4018 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4019 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4020 @end deffn
4021
4022 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4023 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4024 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4025 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @ifset defaultprec
4029 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4030 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4031 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4032 @end deffn
4033 @end ifset
4034
4035 @deffn {Directive} %type
4036 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4037 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4038 @end deffn
4039
4040 @deffn {Directive} %start
4041 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4042 Start-Symbol}).
4043 @end deffn
4044
4045 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4046 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4047 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4048 @end deffn
4049
4050
4051 @sp 1
4052 @noindent
4053 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4054 directives:
4055
4056 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4057 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4058 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4059 @end deffn
4060 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4061
4062 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4063 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4064 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4065 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4066 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4067
4068 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4069 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4070 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4071 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4072 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4073 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4074 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4075 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4076 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4077
4078 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4079 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4080 Parser}.
4081
4082 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4083 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4084 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4085 Locations}.
4086
4087 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4088 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4089 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4090 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4091 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4092 @end deffn
4093
4094 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4095 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4096 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4097 @end deffn
4098
4099 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4100 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4101 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4102 @end deffn
4103
4104 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4105 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4106 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4107 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4108 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4109 accurate syntax error messages.
4110 @end deffn
4111
4112 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4113 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4114 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4115 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4116 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4117 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4118 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4119 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4120 Program}.
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @ifset defaultprec
4124 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4125 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4126 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4127 Precedence}).
4128 @end deffn
4129 @end ifset
4130
4131 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4132 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4133 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4134 declarations.
4135
4136 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4137 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4138 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4139 @end deffn
4140
4141 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4142 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4143 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4144 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4145 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4146 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4147 file in its own right.
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4151 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4152 @end deffn
4153
4154 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4155 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4156 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4160 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4161 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4162 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4163 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4164 @code{"$end"},
4165 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4166 defined in the grammar file.
4167
4168 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4169 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4170 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4171 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4172 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4173 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4174 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4175 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4176
4177 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4178 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4179 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4180
4181 @table @code
4182 @item YYNTOKENS
4183 The highest token number, plus one.
4184 @item YYNNTS
4185 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4186 @item YYNRULES
4187 The number of grammar rules,
4188 @item YYNSTATES
4189 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4190 @end table
4191 @end deffn
4192
4193 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4194 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4195 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4196 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4197 information.
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4201 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4202 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205
4206 @node Multiple Parsers
4207 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4208
4209 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4210 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4211 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4212 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4213
4214 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4215 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4216 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4217 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4218 names that do not conflict.
4219
4220 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4221 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4222 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4223 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4224
4225 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4226 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4227 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4228 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4229 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4230
4231 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4232 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4233 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4234 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4235
4236 @node Interface
4237 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4238 @cindex C-language interface
4239 @cindex interface
4240
4241 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4242 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4243 functions that it needs to use.
4244
4245 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4246 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4247 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4248 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4249
4250 @menu
4251 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4252 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4253 which reads tokens.
4254 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4255 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4256 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4257 native language.
4258 @end menu
4259
4260 @node Parser Function
4261 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4262 @findex yyparse
4263
4264 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4265 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4266 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4267 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4268 without reading further.
4269
4270
4271 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4272 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4273 is due to end-of-input).
4274
4275 The value is 1 if parsing failed (return is due to a syntax error).
4276 @end deftypefun
4277
4278 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4279 these macros:
4280
4281 @defmac YYACCEPT
4282 @findex YYACCEPT
4283 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4284 @end defmac
4285
4286 @defmac YYABORT
4287 @findex YYABORT
4288 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4289 @end defmac
4290
4291 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4292 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4293 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4294
4295 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4296 @findex %parse-param
4297 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4298 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4299 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4300 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4301 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4302 @end deffn
4303
4304 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4305
4306 @example
4307 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4308 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4309 @end example
4310
4311 @noindent
4312 Then call the parser like this:
4313
4314 @example
4315 @{
4316 int nastiness, randomness;
4317 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4318 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4319 @dots{}
4320 @}
4321 @end example
4322
4323 @noindent
4324 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4325
4326 @example
4327 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4328 @end example
4329
4330
4331 @node Lexical
4332 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4333 @findex yylex
4334 @cindex lexical analyzer
4335
4336 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4337 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4338 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4339 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4340
4341 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4342 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4343 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4344 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4345 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4346 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4347 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4348
4349 @menu
4350 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4351 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4352 of the token it has read.
4353 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4354 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4355 actions want that.
4356 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4357 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4358 @end menu
4359
4360 @node Calling Convention
4361 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4362
4363 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4364 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4365 signifies end-of-input.
4366
4367 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4368 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4369 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4370 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4371
4372 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4373 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4374 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4375 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4376 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4377 signifies end-of-input.
4378
4379 Here is an example showing these things:
4380
4381 @example
4382 int
4383 yylex (void)
4384 @{
4385 @dots{}
4386 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4387 return 0;
4388 @dots{}
4389 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4390 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4391 @dots{}
4392 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4393 @dots{}
4394 @}
4395 @end example
4396
4397 @noindent
4398 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4399 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4400
4401 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4402 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4403
4404 @itemize @bullet
4405 @item
4406 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4407 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4408 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4409 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4410
4411 @item
4412 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4413 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4414 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4415 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4416 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4417 to Bison.
4418
4419 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4420 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4421 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4422 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4423
4424 @smallexample
4425 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4426 @{
4427 if (yytname[i] != 0
4428 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4429 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4430 strlen (token_buffer))
4431 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4432 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4433 break;
4434 @}
4435 @end smallexample
4436
4437 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4438 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4439 @end itemize
4440
4441 @node Token Values
4442 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4443
4444 @vindex yylval
4445 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4446 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4447 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4448 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4449 @code{yylex}:
4450
4451 @example
4452 @group
4453 @dots{}
4454 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4455 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4456 @dots{}
4457 @end group
4458 @end example
4459
4460 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4461 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4462 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4463 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4464 declaration looks like this:
4465
4466 @example
4467 @group
4468 %union @{
4469 int intval;
4470 double val;
4471 symrec *tptr;
4472 @}
4473 @end group
4474 @end example
4475
4476 @noindent
4477 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4478
4479 @example
4480 @group
4481 @dots{}
4482 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4483 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4484 @dots{}
4485 @end group
4486 @end example
4487
4488 @node Token Locations
4489 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4490
4491 @vindex yylloc
4492 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4493 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4494 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4495 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4496 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4497 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4498 variable.
4499
4500 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4501 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4502 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4503 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4504 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4505
4506 @tindex YYLTYPE
4507 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4508
4509 @node Pure Calling
4510 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4511
4512 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4513 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4514 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4515 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4516 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4517 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4518 pointers.
4519
4520 @example
4521 int
4522 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4523 @{
4524 @dots{}
4525 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4526 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4527 @dots{}
4528 @}
4529 @end example
4530
4531 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4532 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4533 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4534 only one argument.
4535
4536
4537 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4538 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4539 Function}).
4540
4541 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4542 @findex %lex-param
4543 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4544 argument declaration.
4545 @end deffn
4546
4547 For instance:
4548
4549 @example
4550 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4551 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4552 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4553 @end example
4554
4555 @noindent
4556 results in the following signature:
4557
4558 @example
4559 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4560 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4561 @end example
4562
4563 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4564
4565 @example
4566 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4567 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4568 @end example
4569
4570 @noindent
4571 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4572
4573 @example
4574 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4575 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4576 @end example
4577
4578 @node Error Reporting
4579 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4580 @cindex error reporting function
4581 @findex yyerror
4582 @cindex parse error
4583 @cindex syntax error
4584
4585 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4586 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4587 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4588 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4589 in Actions}).
4590
4591 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4592 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4593 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4594 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4595 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4596
4597 @findex %error-verbose
4598 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4599 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4600 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4601 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4602
4603 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4604 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4605 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4606 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4607 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4608 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4609
4610 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4611 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4612 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4613
4614 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4615
4616 @example
4617 @group
4618 void
4619 yyerror (char const *s)
4620 @{
4621 @end group
4622 @group
4623 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4624 @}
4625 @end group
4626 @end example
4627
4628 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4629 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4630 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4631 immediately return 1.
4632
4633 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4634 an access to the current location.
4635 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4636 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4637 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4638 @code{yyerror} are:
4639
4640 @example
4641 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4642 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4643 @end example
4644
4645 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4646
4647 @example
4648 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4649 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4650 @end example
4651
4652 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4653 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4654 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4655 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4656
4657 @example
4658 /* Location tracking. */
4659 %locations
4660 /* Pure yylex. */
4661 %pure-parser
4662 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4663 /* Pure yyparse. */
4664 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4665 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4666 @end example
4667
4668 @noindent
4669 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4670
4671 @example
4672 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4673 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4674 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4675 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4676 char const *msg);
4677 @end example
4678
4679 @noindent
4680 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4681 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4682 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4683 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4684 message is always passed last.
4685
4686 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4687 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4688 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4689 @code{yyerror}.
4690
4691 @vindex yynerrs
4692 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4693 encountered so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4694 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4695 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4696
4697 @node Action Features
4698 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4699 @cindex summary, action features
4700 @cindex action features summary
4701
4702 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4703 are useful in actions.
4704
4705 @deffn {Variable} $$
4706 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4707 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4711 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4712 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4716 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4717 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4718 Types of Values in Actions}.
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4722 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4723 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4724 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4728 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4729 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4733 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4734 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4738 @findex YYBACKUP
4739 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4740 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4741 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4742 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4743 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4744 going to be reduced by this rule.
4745
4746 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4747 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4748 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4749 recovery.
4750
4751 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4755 @vindex YYEMPTY
4756 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4757 @end deffn
4758
4759 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4760 @findex YYERROR
4761 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4762 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4763 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4764 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4765 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4769 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4770 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4771 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4775 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4776 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4777 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4778 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4782 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4783 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4787 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4788 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4789 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4790 @end deffn
4791
4792 @deffn {Value} @@$
4793 @findex @@$
4794 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4795 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4796 Tracking Locations}.
4797
4798 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4799
4800 @c @example
4801 @c struct @{
4802 @c int first_line, last_line;
4803 @c int first_column, last_column;
4804 @c @};
4805 @c @end example
4806
4807 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4808 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4809
4810 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4811 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4812 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4813 @c those members.
4814
4815 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4816 @end deffn
4817
4818 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4819 @findex @@@var{n}
4820 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4821 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4822 Tracking Locations}.
4823 @end deffn
4824
4825 @node Internationalization
4826 @section Parser Internationalization
4827 @cindex internationalization
4828 @cindex i18n
4829 @cindex NLS
4830 @cindex gettext
4831 @cindex bison-po
4832
4833 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4834 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4835 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4836 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4837 variables. @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU
4838 @code{gettext} utilities}. For
4839 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4840 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4841 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4842 installation.
4843
4844 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4845 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4846 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4847 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4848
4849 @enumerate
4850 @item
4851 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4852 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4853 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4854 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4855 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4856 For example:
4857
4858 @example
4859 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4860 @end example
4861
4862 @item
4863 @findex BISON_I18N
4864 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4865 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4866 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4867 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4868 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4869 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4870 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4871 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4872 Bison-generated parser.
4873
4874 @item
4875 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4876 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4877 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4878 For example:
4879
4880 @example
4881 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4882 @end example
4883
4884 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4885 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4886 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4887 @file{Makefile}.
4888
4889 @item
4890 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4891 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4892 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4893
4894 @example
4895 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4896 @end example
4897
4898 or:
4899
4900 @example
4901 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4902 @end example
4903
4904 @item
4905 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4906 infrastructure.
4907 @end enumerate
4908
4909
4910 @node Algorithm
4911 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4912 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4913 @cindex algorithm of parser
4914 @cindex shifting
4915 @cindex reduction
4916 @cindex parser stack
4917 @cindex stack, parser
4918
4919 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4920 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4921 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4922
4923 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4924 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4925 that was shifted.
4926
4927 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4928 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4929 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4930 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4931 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4932 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4933 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4934
4935 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4936
4937 @example
4938 1 + 5 * 3
4939 @end example
4940
4941 @noindent
4942 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4943 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4944
4945 @example
4946 expr: expr '*' expr;
4947 @end example
4948
4949 @noindent
4950 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4951
4952 @example
4953 1 + 15
4954 @end example
4955
4956 @noindent
4957 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4958 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4959
4960 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4961 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4962 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4963
4964 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4965
4966 @menu
4967 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4968 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4969 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4970 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4971 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4972 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4973 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4974 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4975 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
4976 @end menu
4977
4978 @node Look-Ahead
4979 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4980 @cindex look-ahead token
4981
4982 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4983 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4984 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4985 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4986 token in order to decide what to do.
4987
4988 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4989 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4990 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4991 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4992 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4993 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
4994 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
4995 application.
4996
4997 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
4998 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
4999 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5000
5001 @example
5002 @group
5003 expr: term '+' expr
5004 | term
5005 ;
5006 @end group
5007
5008 @group
5009 term: '(' expr ')'
5010 | term '!'
5011 | NUMBER
5012 ;
5013 @end group
5014 @end example
5015
5016 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5017 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5018 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5019 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5020 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5021
5022 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5023 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5024 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5025 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5026 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5027 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5028
5029 @vindex yychar
5030 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5031 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5032
5033 @node Shift/Reduce
5034 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5035 @cindex conflicts
5036 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5037 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5038 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5039
5040 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5041 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5042
5043 @example
5044 @group
5045 if_stmt:
5046 IF expr THEN stmt
5047 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5048 ;
5049 @end group
5050 @end example
5051
5052 @noindent
5053 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5054 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5055
5056 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5057 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5058 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5059 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5060 rule.
5061
5062 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5063 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5064 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5065 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5066 contrast it with the other alternative.
5067
5068 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5069 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5070 equivalent:
5071
5072 @example
5073 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5074
5075 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5076 @end example
5077
5078 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5079 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5080 making these two inputs equivalent:
5081
5082 @example
5083 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5084
5085 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5086 @end example
5087
5088 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5089 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5090 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5091 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5092 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5093 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5094 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5095 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5096
5097 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5098 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5099 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5100 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5101
5102 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5103 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5104 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5105 conflict:
5106
5107 @example
5108 @group
5109 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5110 %%
5111 @end group
5112 @group
5113 stmt: expr
5114 | if_stmt
5115 ;
5116 @end group
5117
5118 @group
5119 if_stmt:
5120 IF expr THEN stmt
5121 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5122 ;
5123 @end group
5124
5125 expr: variable
5126 ;
5127 @end example
5128
5129 @node Precedence
5130 @section Operator Precedence
5131 @cindex operator precedence
5132 @cindex precedence of operators
5133
5134 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5135 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5136 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5137 shift and when to reduce.
5138
5139 @menu
5140 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5141 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5142 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5143 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5144 @end menu
5145
5146 @node Why Precedence
5147 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5148
5149 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5150 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5151
5152 @example
5153 @group
5154 expr: expr '-' expr
5155 | expr '*' expr
5156 | expr '<' expr
5157 | '(' expr ')'
5158 @dots{}
5159 ;
5160 @end group
5161 @end example
5162
5163 @noindent
5164 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5165 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5166 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5167 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5168 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5169 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5170 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5171 different results.
5172
5173 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5174 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5175 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5176 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5177 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5178 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5179 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5180 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5181 @samp{<}.
5182
5183 @cindex associativity
5184 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5185 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5186 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5187 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5188 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5189 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5190 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5191 makes right-associativity.
5192
5193 @node Using Precedence
5194 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5195 @findex %left
5196 @findex %right
5197 @findex %nonassoc
5198
5199 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5200 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5201 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5202 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5203 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5204 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5205 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5206 row''.
5207
5208 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5209 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5210 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5211 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5212 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5213
5214 @node Precedence Examples
5215 @subsection Precedence Examples
5216
5217 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5218
5219 @example
5220 %left '<'
5221 %left '-'
5222 %left '*'
5223 @end example
5224
5225 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5226 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5227 declared with @code{'-'}:
5228
5229 @example
5230 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5231 %left '+' '-'
5232 %left '*' '/'
5233 @end example
5234
5235 @noindent
5236 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5237 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5238 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5239
5240 @node How Precedence
5241 @subsection How Precedence Works
5242
5243 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5244 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5245 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5246 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5247 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5248 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5249
5250 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5251 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5252 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5253 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5254 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5255 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5256 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5257 resolved.
5258
5259 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5260 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5261
5262 @node Contextual Precedence
5263 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5264 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5265 @cindex unary operator precedence
5266 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5267 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5268 @findex %prec
5269
5270 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5271 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5272 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5273 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5274
5275 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5276 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5277 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5278 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5279 modifier for rules.
5280
5281 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5282 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5283 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5284 modifier's syntax is:
5285
5286 @example
5287 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5288 @end example
5289
5290 @noindent
5291 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5292 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5293 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5294 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5295 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5296
5297 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5298 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5299 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5300 precedence:
5301
5302 @example
5303 @dots{}
5304 %left '+' '-'
5305 %left '*'
5306 %left UMINUS
5307 @end example
5308
5309 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5310
5311 @example
5312 @group
5313 exp: @dots{}
5314 | exp '-' exp
5315 @dots{}
5316 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5317 @end group
5318 @end example
5319
5320 @ifset defaultprec
5321 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5322 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5323 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5324 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5325
5326 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5327 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5328 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5329 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5330
5331 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5332 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5333 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5334 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5335 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5336 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5337
5338 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5339 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5340 @end ifset
5341
5342 @node Parser States
5343 @section Parser States
5344 @cindex finite-state machine
5345 @cindex parser state
5346 @cindex state (of parser)
5347
5348 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5349 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5350 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5351 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5352 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5353
5354 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5355 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5356 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5357 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5358 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5359 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5360 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5361 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5362 pushed.
5363
5364 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5365 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5366 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5367
5368 @node Reduce/Reduce
5369 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5370 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5371 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5372
5373 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5374 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5375 in the grammar.
5376
5377 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5378 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5379
5380 @example
5381 sequence: /* empty */
5382 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5383 | maybeword
5384 | sequence word
5385 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5386 ;
5387
5388 maybeword: /* empty */
5389 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5390 | word
5391 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5392 ;
5393 @end example
5394
5395 @noindent
5396 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5397 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5398 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5399 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5400 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5401 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5402
5403 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5404 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5405 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5406
5407 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5408 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5409 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5410 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5411 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5412
5413 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5414 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5415 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5416 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5417
5418 @example
5419 sequence: /* empty */
5420 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5421 | sequence word
5422 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5423 ;
5424 @end example
5425
5426 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5427
5428 @example
5429 sequence: /* empty */
5430 | sequence words
5431 | sequence redirects
5432 ;
5433
5434 words: /* empty */
5435 | words word
5436 ;
5437
5438 redirects:/* empty */
5439 | redirects redirect
5440 ;
5441 @end example
5442
5443 @noindent
5444 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5445 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5446 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5447 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5448 in infinitely many ways!
5449
5450 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5451 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5452 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5453 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5454
5455 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5456 of sequence:
5457
5458 @example
5459 sequence: /* empty */
5460 | sequence word
5461 | sequence redirect
5462 ;
5463 @end example
5464
5465 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5466 from being empty:
5467
5468 @example
5469 sequence: /* empty */
5470 | sequence words
5471 | sequence redirects
5472 ;
5473
5474 words: word
5475 | words word
5476 ;
5477
5478 redirects:redirect
5479 | redirects redirect
5480 ;
5481 @end example
5482
5483 @node Mystery Conflicts
5484 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5485
5486 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5487 Here is an example:
5488
5489 @example
5490 @group
5491 %token ID
5492
5493 %%
5494 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5495 ;
5496 param_spec:
5497 type
5498 | name_list ':' type
5499 ;
5500 @end group
5501 @group
5502 return_spec:
5503 type
5504 | name ':' type
5505 ;
5506 @end group
5507 @group
5508 type: ID
5509 ;
5510 @end group
5511 @group
5512 name: ID
5513 ;
5514 name_list:
5515 name
5516 | name ',' name_list
5517 ;
5518 @end group
5519 @end example
5520
5521 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5522 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5523 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5524 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5525
5526 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5527 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5528 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5529 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5530 an @code{ID}
5531 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5532 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5533 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5534 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5535 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5536 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5537 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5538 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5539 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5540
5541 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5542 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5543 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5544 and tend to
5545 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5546 as it is now.
5547
5548 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5549 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5550 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5551 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5552
5553 @example
5554 @group
5555 %token BOGUS
5556 @dots{}
5557 %%
5558 @dots{}
5559 return_spec:
5560 type
5561 | name ':' type
5562 /* This rule is never used. */
5563 | ID BOGUS
5564 ;
5565 @end group
5566 @end example
5567
5568 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5569 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5570 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5571 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5572 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5573 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5574
5575 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5576 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5577 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5578 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5579 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5580 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5581
5582 @example
5583 param_spec:
5584 type
5585 | name_list ':' type
5586 ;
5587 return_spec:
5588 type
5589 | ID ':' type
5590 ;
5591 @end example
5592
5593 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5594 generators, please see:
5595 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5596 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5597 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5598 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5599
5600 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5601 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5602 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5603 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5604 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5605 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5606
5607 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5608 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5609 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5610 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5611 context-free languages.
5612 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5613 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5614 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5615 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5616 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5617 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5618 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5619 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5620
5621 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5622 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5623 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5624 parser uses the same basic
5625 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5626 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5627 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5628 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5629 situation, it
5630 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5631 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5632 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5633 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5634 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5635
5636 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5637 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5638 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5639 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5640 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5641 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5642 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5643 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5644 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5645 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5646 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5647 stream.
5648
5649 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5650 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5651 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5652 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5653 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5654 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5655 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5656 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5657 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5658 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5659 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5660 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5661
5662 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5663 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5664 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5665 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5666 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5667 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5668 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5669 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5670 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5671 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5672 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5673 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5674 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5675 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5676 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5677 Bison parser.
5678
5679 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5680 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5681 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5682 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5683 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5684 (2000-12-24).
5685
5686 @node Memory Management
5687 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5688 @cindex memory exhaustion
5689 @cindex memory management
5690 @cindex stack overflow
5691 @cindex parser stack overflow
5692 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5693
5694 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5695 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5696 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5697
5698 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5699 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5700 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5701
5702 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5703 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5704 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5705 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5706 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5707
5708 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5709 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5710 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5711 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5712 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5713 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5714
5715 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5716 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5717 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5718 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5719
5720 @cindex default stack limit
5721 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5722 10000.
5723
5724 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5725 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5726 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5727 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5728 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5729 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5730
5731 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5732
5733 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5734 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5735 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5736 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5737 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5738 this deficiency in a future release.
5739
5740 @node Error Recovery
5741 @chapter Error Recovery
5742 @cindex error recovery
5743 @cindex recovery from errors
5744
5745 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5746 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5747 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5748 another expression.
5749
5750 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5751 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5752 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5753 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5754 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5755 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5756 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5757
5758 @findex error
5759 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5760 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5761 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5762 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5763 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5764 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5765
5766 For example:
5767
5768 @example
5769 stmnts: /* empty string */
5770 | stmnts '\n'
5771 | stmnts exp '\n'
5772 | stmnts error '\n'
5773 @end example
5774
5775 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5776 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5777
5778 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5779 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5780 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5781 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5782 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5783 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5784 applicable in the ordinary way.
5785
5786 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5787 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5788 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5789 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5790 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5791 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5792 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5793 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5794 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5795 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5796 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5797 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5798
5799 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5800 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5801 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5802
5803 @example
5804 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5805 @end example
5806
5807 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5808 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5809 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5810 spurious error message:
5811
5812 @example
5813 primary: '(' expr ')'
5814 | '(' error ')'
5815 @dots{}
5816 ;
5817 @end example
5818
5819 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5820 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5821 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5822 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5823 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5824 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5825 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5826 @code{stmnt}.
5827
5828 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5829 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5830 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5831 error messages resume.
5832
5833 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5834 as any other rules can.
5835
5836 @findex yyerrok
5837 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5838 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5839 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5840 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5841
5842 @findex yyclearin
5843 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5844 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5845 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5846 action.
5847
5848 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5849 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5850 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5851 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5852 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5853
5854 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5855 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5856 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5857 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5858 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5859
5860 @node Context Dependency
5861 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5862
5863 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5864 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5865 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5866 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5867 languages.
5868
5869 @menu
5870 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5871 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5872 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5873 error recovery rules must be written.
5874 @end menu
5875
5876 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5877 neither clean nor robust.)
5878
5879 @node Semantic Tokens
5880 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5881
5882 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5883 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5884
5885 @example
5886 foo (x);
5887 @end example
5888
5889 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5890 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5891 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5892
5893 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5894 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5895 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5896 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5897 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5898
5899 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5900 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5901 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5902 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5903 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5904 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5905 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5906
5907 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5908 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5909 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5910 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5911 earlier:
5912
5913 @example
5914 typedef int foo, bar;
5915 int baz (void)
5916 @{
5917 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5918 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5919 return foo (bar);
5920 @}
5921 @end example
5922
5923 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5924 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5925
5926 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5927 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5928 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5929 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5930 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5931
5932 @example
5933 initdcl:
5934 declarator maybeasm '='
5935 init
5936 | declarator maybeasm
5937 ;
5938
5939 notype_initdcl:
5940 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5941 init
5942 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5943 ;
5944 @end example
5945
5946 @noindent
5947 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5948 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5949 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5950
5951 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5952 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5953 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5954 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5955 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5956 the syntactic context.
5957
5958 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5959 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5960 @cindex lexical tie-in
5961
5962 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5963 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5964 parsed.
5965
5966 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5967 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5968 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5969 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5970 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5971
5972 @example
5973 @group
5974 %@{
5975 int hexflag;
5976 int yylex (void);
5977 void yyerror (char const *);
5978 %@}
5979 %%
5980 @dots{}
5981 @end group
5982 @group
5983 expr: IDENTIFIER
5984 | constant
5985 | HEX '('
5986 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5987 expr ')'
5988 @{ hexflag = 0;
5989 $$ = $4; @}
5990 | expr '+' expr
5991 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5992 @dots{}
5993 ;
5994 @end group
5995
5996 @group
5997 constant:
5998 INTEGER
5999 | STRING
6000 ;
6001 @end group
6002 @end example
6003
6004 @noindent
6005 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6006 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6007 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6008
6009 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6010 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6011 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6012
6013 @node Tie-in Recovery
6014 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6015
6016 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6017 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6018
6019 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6020 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6021 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6022 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6023
6024 @example
6025 stmt: expr ';'
6026 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6027 @dots{}
6028 error ';'
6029 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6030 ;
6031 @end example
6032
6033 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6034 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6035 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6036 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6037 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6038
6039 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6040
6041 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6042 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6043 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6044
6045 @example
6046 @group
6047 expr: @dots{}
6048 | '(' expr ')'
6049 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6050 | '(' error ')'
6051 @dots{}
6052 @end group
6053 @end example
6054
6055 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6056 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6057 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6058 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6059
6060 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6061 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6062 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6063 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6064 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6065 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6066 clear the flag.
6067
6068 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6069
6070 @node Debugging
6071 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6072
6073 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6074 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6075 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6076 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6077 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6078 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6079
6080 @menu
6081 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6082 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6083 @end menu
6084
6085 @node Understanding
6086 @section Understanding Your Parser
6087
6088 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6089 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6090 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6091 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6092 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6093 file).
6094
6095 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6096 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6097 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6098 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6099 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6100 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6101 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6102
6103 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6104
6105 @example
6106 %token NUM STR
6107 %left '+' '-'
6108 %left '*'
6109 %%
6110 exp: exp '+' exp
6111 | exp '-' exp
6112 | exp '*' exp
6113 | exp '/' exp
6114 | NUM
6115 ;
6116 useless: STR;
6117 %%
6118 @end example
6119
6120 @command{bison} reports:
6121
6122 @example
6123 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6124 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6125 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6126 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6127 @end example
6128
6129 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6130 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6131 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6132 interpretation is the same.
6133
6134 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6135 to precedence and/or associativity:
6136
6137 @example
6138 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6139 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6140 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6141 @exdent @dots{}
6142 @end example
6143
6144 @noindent
6145 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6146
6147 @example
6148 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6149 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6150 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6151 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6152 @end example
6153
6154 @noindent
6155 @cindex token, useless
6156 @cindex useless token
6157 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6158 @cindex useless nonterminal
6159 @cindex rule, useless
6160 @cindex useless rule
6161 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6162 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6163 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6164 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6165 below):
6166
6167 @example
6168 Useless nonterminals:
6169 useless
6170
6171 Terminals which are not used:
6172 STR
6173
6174 Useless rules:
6175 #6 useless: STR;
6176 @end example
6177
6178 @noindent
6179 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6180
6181 @example
6182 Grammar
6183
6184 Number, Line, Rule
6185 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6186 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6187 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6188 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6189 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6190 5 9 exp -> NUM
6191 @end example
6192
6193 @noindent
6194 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6195
6196 @example
6197 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6198
6199 $end (0) 0
6200 '*' (42) 3
6201 '+' (43) 1
6202 '-' (45) 2
6203 '/' (47) 4
6204 error (256)
6205 NUM (258) 5
6206
6207 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6208
6209 $accept (8)
6210 on left: 0
6211 exp (9)
6212 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6213 @end example
6214
6215 @noindent
6216 @cindex item
6217 @cindex pointed rule
6218 @cindex rule, pointed
6219 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6220 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6221 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6222 that the input cursor.
6223
6224 @example
6225 state 0
6226
6227 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6228
6229 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6230
6231 exp go to state 2
6232 @end example
6233
6234 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6235 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6236 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6237 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6238 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6239 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6240 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6241 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6242
6243 @cindex core, item set
6244 @cindex item set core
6245 @cindex kernel, item set
6246 @cindex item set core
6247 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6248 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6249 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6250 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6251 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6252 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6253 be derived:
6254
6255 @example
6256 state 0
6257
6258 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6259 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6260 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6261 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6262 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6263 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6264
6265 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6266
6267 exp go to state 2
6268 @end example
6269
6270 @noindent
6271 In the state 1...
6272
6273 @example
6274 state 1
6275
6276 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6277
6278 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6279 @end example
6280
6281 @noindent
6282 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6283 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6284 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6285 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6286
6287 @example
6288 state 2
6289
6290 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6291 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6292 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6293 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6294 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6295
6296 $ shift, and go to state 3
6297 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6298 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6299 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6300 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6301 @end example
6302
6303 @noindent
6304 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6305 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6306 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6307 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6308 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6309 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6310
6311 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6312 state}:
6313
6314 @example
6315 state 3
6316
6317 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6318
6319 $default accept
6320 @end example
6321
6322 @noindent
6323 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6324 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6325
6326 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6327 the reader.
6328
6329 @example
6330 state 4
6331
6332 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6333
6334 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6335
6336 exp go to state 8
6337
6338 state 5
6339
6340 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6341
6342 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6343
6344 exp go to state 9
6345
6346 state 6
6347
6348 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6349
6350 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6351
6352 exp go to state 10
6353
6354 state 7
6355
6356 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6357
6358 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6359
6360 exp go to state 11
6361 @end example
6362
6363 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6364 1 shift/reduce}:
6365
6366 @example
6367 state 8
6368
6369 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6370 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6371 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6372 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6373 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6374
6375 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6376 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6377
6378 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6379 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6380 @end example
6381
6382 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6383 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6384 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6385 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6386 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6387 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6388 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6389 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6390
6391 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6392 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6393 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6394 square brackets.
6395
6396 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6397 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6398 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6399 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6400 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6401 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6402 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6403 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6404 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6405 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6406 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6407 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6408
6409 @example
6410 state 8
6411
6412 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6413 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6414 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6415 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6416 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6417
6418 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6419 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6420
6421 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6422 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6423 @end example
6424
6425 The remaining states are similar:
6426
6427 @example
6428 state 9
6429
6430 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6431 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6432 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6433 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6434 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6435
6436 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6437 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6438
6439 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6440 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6441
6442 state 10
6443
6444 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6445 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6446 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6447 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6448 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6449
6450 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6451
6452 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6453 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6454
6455 state 11
6456
6457 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6458 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6459 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6460 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6461 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6462
6463 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6464 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6465 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6466 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6467
6468 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6469 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6470 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6471 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6472 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6473 @end example
6474
6475 @noindent
6476 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6477 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6478 @samp{*}, but also because the
6479 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6480
6481
6482 @node Tracing
6483 @section Tracing Your Parser
6484 @findex yydebug
6485 @cindex debugging
6486 @cindex tracing the parser
6487
6488 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6489 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6490
6491 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6492
6493 @table @asis
6494 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6495 @findex YYDEBUG
6496 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6497 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6498 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6499 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6500 Prologue}).
6501
6502 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6503 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6504 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6505
6506 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6507 @findex %debug
6508 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6509 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6510 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6511 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6512 you, this is
6513 the preferred solution.
6514 @end table
6515
6516 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6517 always possible.
6518
6519 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6520 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6521 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6522 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6523 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6524 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6525
6526 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6527 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6528 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6529 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6530
6531 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6532 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6533 messages tell you these things:
6534
6535 @itemize @bullet
6536 @item
6537 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6538
6539 @item
6540 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6541 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6542
6543 @item
6544 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6545 of the state stack afterward.
6546 @end itemize
6547
6548 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6549 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6550 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6551 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6552 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6553 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6554 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6555 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6556 grammar are to blame.
6557
6558 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6559 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6560 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6561 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6562 the grammar it is working.
6563
6564 @findex YYPRINT
6565 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6566 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6567 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6568 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6569 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6570 value (from @code{yylval}).
6571
6572 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6573 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6574
6575 @smallexample
6576 %@{
6577 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6578 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6579 %@}
6580
6581 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6582
6583 static void
6584 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6585 @{
6586 if (type == VAR)
6587 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6588 else if (type == NUM)
6589 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6590 @}
6591 @end smallexample
6592
6593 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6594
6595 @node Invocation
6596 @chapter Invoking Bison
6597 @cindex invoking Bison
6598 @cindex Bison invocation
6599 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6600
6601 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6602
6603 @example
6604 bison @var{infile}
6605 @end example
6606
6607 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6608 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6609 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6610 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6611 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6612 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6613 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6614 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6615 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6616 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6617 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6618 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6619
6620 For example :
6621
6622 @example
6623 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6624 @end example
6625 @noindent
6626 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6627
6628 @example
6629 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6630 @end example
6631 @noindent
6632 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6633
6634 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6635 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6636 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6637
6638 @menu
6639 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6640 in alphabetical order by short options.
6641 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6642 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6643 @end menu
6644
6645 @node Bison Options
6646 @section Bison Options
6647
6648 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6649 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6650 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6651 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6652 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6653 @samp{=}.
6654
6655 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6656 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6657 option.
6658
6659 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6660 @noindent
6661 Operations modes:
6662 @table @option
6663 @item -h
6664 @itemx --help
6665 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6666
6667 @item -V
6668 @itemx --version
6669 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6670
6671 @item --print-localedir
6672 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6673
6674 @need 1750
6675 @item -y
6676 @itemx --yacc
6677 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6678 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6679 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6680 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6681 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6682 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6683
6684 @example
6685 #! /bin/sh
6686 bison -y "$@@"
6687 @end example
6688 @end table
6689
6690 @noindent
6691 Tuning the parser:
6692
6693 @table @option
6694 @item -S @var{file}
6695 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6696 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6697 you are developing Bison.
6698
6699 @item -t
6700 @itemx --debug
6701 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6702 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6703 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6704
6705 @item --locations
6706 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6707
6708 @item -p @var{prefix}
6709 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6710 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6711 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6712
6713 @item -l
6714 @itemx --no-lines
6715 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6716 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6717 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6718 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6719 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6720
6721 @item -n
6722 @itemx --no-parser
6723 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6724
6725 @item -k
6726 @itemx --token-table
6727 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6728 @end table
6729
6730 @noindent
6731 Adjust the output:
6732
6733 @table @option
6734 @item -d
6735 @itemx --defines
6736 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6737 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6738 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6739
6740 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6741 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6742
6743 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6744 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6745 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6746 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6747
6748 @item -r @var{things}
6749 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6750 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6751 separated list of @var{things} among:
6752
6753 @table @code
6754 @item state
6755 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6756 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6757
6758 @item look-ahead
6759 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6760 each rule's look-ahead set.
6761
6762 @item itemset
6763 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6764 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6765 @end table
6766
6767 For instance, on the following grammar
6768
6769 @item -v
6770 @itemx --verbose
6771 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6772 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6773 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6774
6775 @item -o @var{file}
6776 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6777 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6778
6779 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6780 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6781
6782 @item -g
6783 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6784 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6785 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6786 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6787
6788 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6789 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6790 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6791 the output graph file.
6792 @end table
6793
6794 @node Option Cross Key
6795 @section Option Cross Key
6796
6797 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6798 the corresponding short option.
6799
6800 @tex
6801 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6802
6803 {\tt
6804 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6805 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6806 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6807 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6808 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6809 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6810 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6811 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6812 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6813 \line{ --print-localedir}
6814 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6815 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6816 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6817 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6818 }
6819 @end tex
6820
6821 @ifinfo
6822 @example
6823 --debug -t
6824 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6825 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6826 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6827 --help -h
6828 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6829 --no-lines -l
6830 --no-parser -n
6831 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6832 --print-localedir
6833 --token-table -k
6834 --verbose -v
6835 --version -V
6836 --yacc -y
6837 @end example
6838 @end ifinfo
6839
6840 @node Yacc Library
6841 @section Yacc Library
6842
6843 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6844 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6845 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6846 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6847 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6848 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6849 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6850
6851 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6852 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6853
6854 @example
6855 int yyerror (char const *);
6856 @end example
6857
6858 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6859 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6860 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6861
6862 @example
6863 int yyparse (void);
6864 @end example
6865
6866 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6867
6868 @node C++ Language Interface
6869 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6870
6871 @menu
6872 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6873 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6874 @end menu
6875
6876 @node C++ Parsers
6877 @section C++ Parsers
6878
6879 @menu
6880 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6881 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6882 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6883 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6884 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6885 @end menu
6886
6887 @node C++ Bison Interface
6888 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6889 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6890 @c - Always pure
6891 @c - initial action
6892
6893 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6894 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6895 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6896 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6897 files:
6898 @table @file
6899 @item position.hh
6900 @itemx location.hh
6901 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6902 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6903
6904 @item stack.hh
6905 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6906
6907 @item @var{file}.hh
6908 @itemx @var{file}.cc
6909 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6910 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6911 rules as with regular C parsers.
6912
6913 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6914 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6915 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6916 @samp{%defines} directive.
6917 @end table
6918
6919 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6920 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6921
6922 @node C++ Semantic Values
6923 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6924 @c - No objects in unions
6925 @c - YSTYPE
6926 @c - Printer and destructor
6927
6928 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6929 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6930 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6931 within pseudo-unions (variants) might be implemented to alleviate
6932 these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6933 @itemize @minus
6934 @item
6935 The name @code{YYSTYPE} also denotes @samp{union YYSTYPE}. You may
6936 forward declare it just with @samp{union YYSTYPE;}.
6937 @item
6938 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6939 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6940 to such objects are allowed.
6941 @end itemize
6942
6943 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6944 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6945 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6946 Symbols}.
6947
6948
6949 @node C++ Location Values
6950 @subsection C++ Location Values
6951 @c - %locations
6952 @c - class Position
6953 @c - class Location
6954 @c - %define "file_name_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6955
6956 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6957 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6958 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6959 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6960 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6961
6962 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
6963 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6964 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6965 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6966 "file_name_type" "@var{type}"}.
6967 @end deftypemethod
6968
6969 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6970 The line, starting at 1.
6971 @end deftypemethod
6972
6973 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6974 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6975 @end deftypemethod
6976
6977 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6978 The column, starting at 0.
6979 @end deftypemethod
6980
6981 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6982 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6983 @end deftypemethod
6984
6985 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6986 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6987 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6988 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6989 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6990 @end deftypemethod
6991
6992 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
6993 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
6994 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
6995 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
6996 @end deftypemethod
6997
6998 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
6999 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7000 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7001 @end deftypemethod
7002
7003 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7004 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7005 Advance the @code{end} position.
7006 @end deftypemethod
7007
7008 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7009 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7010 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7011 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7012 @end deftypemethod
7013
7014 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7015 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7016 @end deftypemethod
7017
7018
7019 @node C++ Parser Interface
7020 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7021 @c - define parser_class_name
7022 @c - Ctor
7023 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7024 @c debug_stream.
7025 @c - Reporting errors
7026
7027 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7028 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7029 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7030 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7031 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7032 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7033 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7034 additional argument for its constructor.
7035
7036 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7037 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7038 The types for semantics value and locations.
7039 @end defcv
7040
7041 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7042 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7043 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7044 @end deftypemethod
7045
7046 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7047 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7048 @end deftypemethod
7049
7050 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7051 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7052 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7053 @code{std::cerr}.
7054 @end deftypemethod
7055
7056 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7057 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7058 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7059 or non-zero, full tracing.
7060 @end deftypemethod
7061
7062 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7063 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7064 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7065 described by @var{m}.
7066 @end deftypemethod
7067
7068
7069 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7070 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7071 @c - prefix for yylex.
7072 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7073 @c - %lex-param
7074
7075 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7076 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7077 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7078
7079 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7080 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7081 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7082 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7083 @end deftypemethod
7084
7085
7086 @node A Complete C++ Example
7087 @section A Complete C++ Example
7088
7089 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7090 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7091 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7092 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7093 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7094 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7095 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7096 actually easier to interface with.
7097
7098 @menu
7099 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7100 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7101 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7102 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7103 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7104 @end menu
7105
7106 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7107 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7108
7109 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7110 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7111 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7112 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7113 of valid input follows.
7114
7115 @example
7116 three := 3
7117 seven := one + two * three
7118 seven * seven
7119 @end example
7120
7121 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7122 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7123 @c - An env
7124 @c - A place to store error messages
7125 @c - A place for the result
7126
7127 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7128 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7129 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7130 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7131 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7132 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7133 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7134
7135 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7136 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7137 required standard library components.
7138
7139 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7140 @example
7141 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7142 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7143 # include <string>
7144 # include <map>
7145 @end example
7146
7147 @noindent
7148 Then come forward declarations. Because the parser uses the parsing
7149 driver and reciprocally, simple inclusions of header files will not
7150 do. Because the driver's declaration is the one that will be imported
7151 by the rest of the project, it is saner to forward declare the
7152 parser's information here.
7153
7154 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7155 @example
7156 // Forward declarations.
7157 union YYSTYPE;
7158 namespace yy
7159 @{
7160 class location;
7161 class calcxx_parser;
7162 @}
7163 class calcxx_driver;
7164 @end example
7165
7166 @noindent
7167 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7168 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7169 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7170 factor both as follows.
7171
7172 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7173 @example
7174 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7175 # define YY_DECL \
7176 int yylex (YYSTYPE* yylval, yy::location* yylloc, calcxx_driver& driver)
7177 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7178 YY_DECL;
7179 @end example
7180
7181 @noindent
7182 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7183 members.
7184
7185 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7186 @example
7187 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7188 class calcxx_driver
7189 @{
7190 public:
7191 calcxx_driver ();
7192 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7193
7194 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7195
7196 int result;
7197 @end example
7198
7199 @noindent
7200 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7201 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7202 members.
7203
7204 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7205 @example
7206 // Handling the scanner.
7207 void scan_begin ();
7208 void scan_end ();
7209 bool trace_scanning;
7210 @end example
7211
7212 @noindent
7213 Similarly for the parser itself.
7214
7215 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7216 @example
7217 // Handling the parser.
7218 void parse (const std::string& f);
7219 std::string file;
7220 bool trace_parsing;
7221 @end example
7222
7223 @noindent
7224 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7225 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7226 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7227 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7228
7229 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7230 @example
7231 // Error handling.
7232 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7233 void error (const std::string& m);
7234 @};
7235 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7236 @end example
7237
7238 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7239 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7240 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7241 messages and set error state.
7242
7243 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7244 @example
7245 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7246 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7247
7248 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7249 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7250 @{
7251 variables["one"] = 1;
7252 variables["two"] = 2;
7253 @}
7254
7255 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7256 @{
7257 @}
7258
7259 void
7260 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7261 @{
7262 file = f;
7263 scan_begin ();
7264 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7265 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7266 parser.parse ();
7267 scan_end ();
7268 @}
7269
7270 void
7271 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7272 @{
7273 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7274 @}
7275
7276 void
7277 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7278 @{
7279 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7280 @}
7281 @end example
7282
7283 @node Calc++ Parser
7284 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7285
7286 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking
7287 for the C++ skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7288 specifies the name of the parser class. It then includes the required
7289 headers.
7290
7291 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7292 @example
7293 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7294 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7295 %defines
7296 %@{
7297 # include <string>
7298 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7299 %@}
7300 @end example
7301
7302 @noindent
7303 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7304 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7305 global variables.
7306
7307 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7308 @example
7309 // The parsing context.
7310 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7311 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7312 @end example
7313
7314 @noindent
7315 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7316 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7317 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7318 automatically propagated.
7319
7320 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7321 @example
7322 %locations
7323 %initial-action
7324 @{
7325 // Initialize the initial location.
7326 @@$.begin.file_name = @@$.end.file_name = &driver.file;
7327 @};
7328 @end example
7329
7330 @noindent
7331 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7332 error messages.
7333
7334 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7335 @example
7336 %debug
7337 %error-verbose
7338 @end example
7339
7340 @noindent
7341 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7342 them.
7343
7344 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7345 @example
7346 // Symbols.
7347 %union
7348 @{
7349 int ival;
7350 std::string *sval;
7351 @};
7352 @end example
7353
7354 @noindent
7355 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7356 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7357 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7358 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7359 avoid name clashes.
7360
7361 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7362 @example
7363 %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
7364 %token TOKEN_ASSIGN ":="
7365 %token <sval> TOKEN_IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7366 %token <ival> TOKEN_NUMBER "number"
7367 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7368 @end example
7369
7370 @noindent
7371 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7372 @code{%destructor}.
7373
7374 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7375 @example
7376 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7377 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7378
7379 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7380 @end example
7381
7382 @noindent
7383 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7384
7385 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7386 @example
7387 %%
7388 %start unit;
7389 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7390
7391 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7392 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7393
7394 assignment: TOKEN_IDENTIFIER ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7395
7396 %left '+' '-';
7397 %left '*' '/';
7398 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7399 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7400 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7401 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7402 | TOKEN_IDENTIFIER @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7403 | TOKEN_NUMBER @{ $$ = $1; @};
7404 %%
7405 @end example
7406
7407 @noindent
7408 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7409 driver.
7410
7411 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7412 @example
7413 void
7414 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7415 const std::string& m)
7416 @{
7417 driver.error (l, m);
7418 @}
7419 @end example
7420
7421 @node Calc++ Scanner
7422 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7423
7424 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7425 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7426
7427 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7428 @example
7429 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7430 # include <cstdlib>
7431 # include <errno.h>
7432 # include <limits.h>
7433 # include <string>
7434 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7435 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7436 %@}
7437 @end example
7438
7439 @noindent
7440 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7441 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7442 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7443 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7444
7445 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7446 @example
7447 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7448 @end example
7449
7450 @noindent
7451 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7452
7453 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7454 @example
7455 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7456 int [0-9]+
7457 blank [ \t]
7458 @end example
7459
7460 @noindent
7461 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7462 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7463 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7464 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7465 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7466 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7467 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7468
7469 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7470 @example
7471 %@{
7472 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7473 %@}
7474 %%
7475 %@{
7476 yylloc->step ();
7477 %@}
7478 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7479 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7480 @end example
7481
7482 @noindent
7483 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report
7484 errors.
7485
7486 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7487 @example
7488 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7489 ":=" return TOKEN_ASSIGN;
7490 @{int@} @{
7491 errno = 0;
7492 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7493 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7494 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7495 yylval->ival = n;
7496 return TOKEN_NUMBER;
7497 @}
7498 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return TOKEN_IDENTIFIER;
7499 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7500 %%
7501 @end example
7502
7503 @noindent
7504 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7505 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7506
7507 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7508 @example
7509 void
7510 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7511 @{
7512 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7513 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7514 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7515 @}
7516
7517 void
7518 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7519 @{
7520 fclose (yyin);
7521 @}
7522 @end example
7523
7524 @node Calc++ Top Level
7525 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7526
7527 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7528
7529 @comment file: calc++.cc
7530 @example
7531 #include <iostream>
7532 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7533
7534 int
7535 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7536 @{
7537 calcxx_driver driver;
7538 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7539 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7540 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7541 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7542 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7543 else
7544 @{
7545 driver.parse (*argv);
7546 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7547 @}
7548 @}
7549 @end example
7550
7551 @c ================================================= FAQ
7552
7553 @node FAQ
7554 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7555 @cindex frequently asked questions
7556 @cindex questions
7557
7558 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7559 are addressed.
7560
7561 @menu
7562 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7563 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7564 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7565 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7566 @end menu
7567
7568 @node Memory Exhausted
7569 @section Memory Exhausted
7570
7571 @display
7572 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7573 message. What can I do?
7574 @end display
7575
7576 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7577 ,Recursive Rules}.
7578
7579 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7580 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7581
7582 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7583 following typical questions:
7584
7585 @display
7586 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7587 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7588 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7589 @end display
7590
7591 @noindent
7592 or
7593
7594 @display
7595 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7596 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7597 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7598 @end display
7599
7600 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7601 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7602 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7603 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7604 @file{first-line.l}:
7605
7606 @verbatim
7607 %{
7608 #include <stdio.h>
7609 #include <stdlib.h>
7610 %}
7611 %%
7612 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7613 %%
7614 int
7615 yyparse (char const *file)
7616 {
7617 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7618 if (!yyin)
7619 exit (2);
7620 /* One token only. */
7621 yylex ();
7622 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7623 exit (3);
7624 return 0;
7625 }
7626
7627 int
7628 main (void)
7629 {
7630 yyparse ("input");
7631 yyparse ("input");
7632 return 0;
7633 }
7634 @end verbatim
7635
7636 @noindent
7637 If the file @file{input} contains
7638
7639 @verbatim
7640 input:1: Hello,
7641 input:2: World!
7642 @end verbatim
7643
7644 @noindent
7645 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7646
7647 @example
7648 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7649 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7650 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7651 input:1: Hello,
7652 input:2: World!
7653 @end example
7654
7655 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7656 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7657 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7658 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7659 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7660 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7661 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7662 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7663 input buffers.
7664
7665 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7666 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7667 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7668 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7669
7670 @node Strings are Destroyed
7671 @section Strings are Destroyed
7672
7673 @display
7674 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7675 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7676 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7677 @end display
7678
7679 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7680 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7681 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7682
7683 @verbatim
7684 %{
7685 #include <stdio.h>
7686 char *yylval = NULL;
7687 %}
7688 %%
7689 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7690 \n /* IGNORE */
7691 %%
7692 int
7693 main ()
7694 {
7695 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7696 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7697 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7698 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7699 return 0;
7700 }
7701 @end verbatim
7702
7703 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7704
7705 @example
7706 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7707 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7708 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7709 "one
7710 two", "two"
7711 @end example
7712
7713 @noindent
7714 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7715 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7716 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7717 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7718 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7719 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7720
7721 @example
7722 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7723 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7724 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7725 "two", "two"
7726 @end example
7727
7728
7729 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7730 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7731
7732 @display
7733 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7734 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7735 @end display
7736
7737 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7738 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7739 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7740 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7741 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7742 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7743 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7744
7745 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7746 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7747 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7748 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7749 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7750 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7751 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7752 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7753 compiler.
7754
7755 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7756 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7757
7758
7759
7760 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7761
7762 @node Table of Symbols
7763 @appendix Bison Symbols
7764 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7765 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7766
7767 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7768 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7769 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7770 @end deffn
7771
7772 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7773 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7774 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7775 @end deffn
7776
7777 @deffn {Variable} $$
7778 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7779 @xref{Actions}.
7780 @end deffn
7781
7782 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7783 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7784 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7785 @end deffn
7786
7787 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7788 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7789 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7790 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7791 @end deffn
7792
7793 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7794 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7795 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7796 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7797 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7798 Grammar}.
7799 @end deffn
7800
7801 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7802 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7803 @end deffn
7804
7805 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7806 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7807 Grammar Rules}.
7808 @end deffn
7809
7810 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7811 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7812 @end deffn
7813
7814 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7815 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7816 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7817 @end deffn
7818
7819 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7820 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7821 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7822 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7823 @end deffn
7824
7825 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7826 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7827 @end deffn
7828
7829 @ifset defaultprec
7830 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7831 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7832 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7833 Precedence}.
7834 @end deffn
7835 @end ifset
7836
7837 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7838 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7839 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7840 @end deffn
7841
7842 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7843 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7844 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7845 @end deffn
7846
7847 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7848 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7849 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7850 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7851 @end deffn
7852
7853 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7854 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7855 used in the grammar.
7856 @end deffn
7857
7858 @deffn {Symbol} error
7859 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7860 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7861 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7862 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7863 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7864 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7865 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7866 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7867 @end deffn
7868
7869 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7870 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7871 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7872 @end deffn
7873
7874 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7875 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7876 Summary}.
7877 @end deffn
7878
7879 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7880 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7881 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7882 @end deffn
7883
7884 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7885 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7886 @end deffn
7887
7888 @deffn {Directive} %left
7889 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7890 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7891 @end deffn
7892
7893 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7894 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7895 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7896 for Pure Parsers}.
7897 @end deffn
7898
7899 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7900 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7901 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7902 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7903 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7904 @end deffn
7905
7906 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7907 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7908 @end deffn
7909
7910 @ifset defaultprec
7911 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7912 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7913 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7914 Precedence}.
7915 @end deffn
7916 @end ifset
7917
7918 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7919 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7920 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7921 @end deffn
7922
7923 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7924 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7925 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7926 @end deffn
7927
7928 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
7929 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7930 Summary}.
7931 @end deffn
7932
7933 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7934 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7935 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7936 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7937 @end deffn
7938
7939 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7940 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7941 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7942 @end deffn
7943
7944 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7945 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7946 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7947 @end deffn
7948
7949 @deffn {Directive} %right
7950 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7951 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7952 @end deffn
7953
7954 @deffn {Directive} %start
7955 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7956 Start-Symbol}.
7957 @end deffn
7958
7959 @deffn {Directive} %token
7960 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7961 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7962 @end deffn
7963
7964 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7965 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7966 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7967 @end deffn
7968
7969 @deffn {Directive} %type
7970 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
7971 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
7972 @end deffn
7973
7974 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
7975 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
7976 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
7977 @code{error}.
7978 @end deffn
7979
7980 @deffn {Directive} %union
7981 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
7982 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
7983 @end deffn
7984
7985 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
7986 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
7987 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
7988 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
7989 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
7993 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
7994 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
7995 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7996 @end deffn
7997
7998 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
7999 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8000 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8001 @end deffn
8002
8003 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8004 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
8005 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8006 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8007 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8008 @end deffn
8009
8010 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8011 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8012 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8013 @end deffn
8014
8015 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8016 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8017 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8018 @end deffn
8019
8020 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8021 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8022 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8023 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8024 @end deffn
8025
8026 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8027 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8028 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8029 @end deffn
8030
8031 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8032 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8033 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8034 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8035 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8036 @end deffn
8037
8038 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8039 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8040 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8041 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8042 @end deffn
8043
8044 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8045 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8046 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8047 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8048 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8049 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8050 @end deffn
8051
8052 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8053 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8054 @xref{Memory Management}.
8055 @end deffn
8056
8057 @deffn {Function} yylex
8058 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8059 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8060 @code{yylex}}.
8061 @end deffn
8062
8063 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8064 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8065 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8066 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8067 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8068 @end deffn
8069
8070 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8071 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8072 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8073 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8074 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8075 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8076 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8077 @end deffn
8078
8079 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8080 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8081 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8082 @end deffn
8083
8084 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8085 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8086 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8087 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8088 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8089 @end deffn
8090
8091 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8092 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8093 Management}.
8094 @end deffn
8095
8096 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8097 Global variable which Bison increments each time there is a syntax error.
8098 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8099 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8100 @end deffn
8101
8102 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8103 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8104 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8105 @end deffn
8106
8107 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8108 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8109 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8110 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8111 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8112 @end deffn
8113
8114 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8115 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8116 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8117 @end deffn
8118
8119 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8120 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8121 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8122 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8123 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8124 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8125 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8126
8127 If you define @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} to 1, it is your
8128 responsibility to make sure that @code{alloca} is visible, e.g., by
8129 using @acronym{GCC} or by including @code{<stdlib.h>}. Furthermore,
8130 in the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8131 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8132 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8133 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8134 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8135 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8136 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8137 @end deffn
8138
8139 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8140 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8141 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8142 @end deffn
8143
8144 @node Glossary
8145 @appendix Glossary
8146 @cindex glossary
8147
8148 @table @asis
8149 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8150 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8151 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8152 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8153 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8154
8155 @item Context-free grammars
8156 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8157 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8158 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8159 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8160 Grammars}.
8161
8162 @item Dynamic allocation
8163 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8164 compile time or on entry to a function.
8165
8166 @item Empty string
8167 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8168 character string of length zero.
8169
8170 @item Finite-state stack machine
8171 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8172 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8173 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8174 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8175 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8176 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8177
8178 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8179 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8180 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8181 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8182 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8183 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8184 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8185 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8186
8187 @item Grouping
8188 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8189 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8190 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8191
8192 @item Infix operator
8193 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8194 performs some operation.
8195
8196 @item Input stream
8197 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8198
8199 @item Language construct
8200 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8201 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8202 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8203
8204 @item Left associativity
8205 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8206 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8207 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8208
8209 @item Left recursion
8210 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8211 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8212 Rules}.
8213
8214 @item Left-to-right parsing
8215 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8216 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8217
8218 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8219 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8220 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8221
8222 @item Lexical tie-in
8223 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8224 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8225
8226 @item Literal string token
8227 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8228
8229 @item Look-ahead token
8230 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8231 Tokens}.
8232
8233 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8234 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8235 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8236 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8237
8238 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8239 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8240 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8241
8242 @item Nonterminal symbol
8243 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8244 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8245 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8246
8247 @item Parser
8248 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8249 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8250 analyzer.
8251
8252 @item Postfix operator
8253 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8254 performs some operation.
8255
8256 @item Reduction
8257 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8258 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8259 Parser Algorithm}.
8260
8261 @item Reentrant
8262 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8263 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8264 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8265
8266 @item Reverse polish notation
8267 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8268
8269 @item Right recursion
8270 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8271 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8272 Rules}.
8273
8274 @item Semantics
8275 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8276 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8277 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8278
8279 @item Shift
8280 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8281 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8282 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8283
8284 @item Single-character literal
8285 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8286 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8287
8288 @item Start symbol
8289 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8290 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8291 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8292 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8293
8294 @item Symbol table
8295 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8296 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8297 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8298
8299 @item Syntax error
8300 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8301 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8302
8303 @item Token
8304 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8305 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8306 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8307 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8308
8309 @item Terminal symbol
8310 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8311 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8312 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8313 @end table
8314
8315 @node Copying This Manual
8316 @appendix Copying This Manual
8317
8318 @menu
8319 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8320 @end menu
8321
8322 @include fdl.texi
8323
8324 @node Index
8325 @unnumbered Index
8326
8327 @printindex cp
8328
8329 @bye
8330
8331 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8332 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8333 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8334 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8335 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8336 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8337 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8338 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8339 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8340 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8341 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8342 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8343 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8344 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8345 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8346 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8347 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8348 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8349 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8350 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8351 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8352 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8353 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8354 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8355 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8356 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8357 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8358 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8359 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex